Holmen in 90 seconds
Operations
Strategy
Holmen’s business concept is to develop and run profitable business
within three product-oriented business areas for printing paper, paper-
board and sawn timber as well as two raw-material-oriented business
areas for forests and energy. Europe is the key market.
The business area Holmen Paper manufactures printing paper for
daily newspapers, magazines, directories/manuals, advertising matter
and books at two Swedish mills and one Spanish mill. Iggesund
Paperboard produces paperboard for consumer packaging and
graphics printing at one Swedish and one UK mill. Holmen Timber
produces sawn timber in one Swedish sawmill. Annual production
capacity is 1 940 000 tonnes of printing paper, 530 000 tonnes of
paperboard and 340 000 cubic metres of sawn timber.
Holmen Skog manages the Group’s just over one million hectares
of forests. The annual volume of wood harvested in company forests is
some 2.5 million cubic metres. Holmen Energi is responsible for the
Group’s hydro power assets and for developing the Group’s business
U C T - ORIE
N
T
E
D
D
O
R
P
T E R I A L-ORIE
A
N
T
E
D
W- M
A
R
Printing
paper
Grow
and
develop
our five
business
areas
Forests
& wood
Electric
power &
energy
Quality, productivity
and cost focus
Key market is Europe
Profitable operations and
strong financial position
Committed in leadership
and skilled workforce
Sustainable business
activities
Share price
Paperboard
Sawn timber
Financial targets
within the energy sector. Normal yearly production amounts to about
Holmen’s profitability shall consistently exceed the market cost
1 100 GWh of electricity at wholly and partly owned hydro power sta-
of capital. The company’s financial position shall be strong with a
tions in Sweden. Holmen Skog and Holmen Energi are also responsi-
debt/equity ratio in the interval of 0.3–0.8. Decisions on dividends
ble for the Group’s wood and electricity procurement in Sweden; these
are based on an appraisal of the Group’s profitability, future invest-
are important input goods for the industrial operations.
ment plans and financial position.
2009
2008
2007
2006
2005
Profitability
SEKm
Income statement
Net sales
Operating costs
Depreciation and amortisation
Interest in associates
Items affecting comparability
Operating profit
Net financial items
Profit before tax
Tax
Profit for the year
18 071 19 334 19 159 18 592 16 319
-15 175 -16 630 -15 548 -14 954 -13 205
-1 167
-1 337
20
12
-
557
-1 346
11
-
-1 320
45
-
-1 343
50
-361
1 620
-255
1 365
-360
1 006
1 051
-311
740
-98
642
2 843
-261
2 582
-1 077
2 303
-247
2 056
-597
1 967
-233
1 734
-478
1 505
1 459
1 256
Operating profit by business area
Holmen Paper
Iggesund Paperboard
Holmen Timber
Holmen Skog
Holmen Energi
Group central
Items affecting comparability
340
419
21
605
414
-178
-
280
320
13
632
327
-159
-361
623
599
146
702
272
-56
557
754
752
80
643
197
-123
-
631
626
13
537
301
-141
-
Group
1 620
1 051
2 843
2 303
1 967
Cash flow
Operating activities
Investing activities
Cash flow after investments
Key indicators
Return, %
capital employed*
equity
Debt/equity ratio, times
The share
Earnings per share, SEK
Ordinary dividend, SEK
Closing listed price, B, SEK
P/E ratio
EV/EBIT*
* Excl. items affecting comparability
** Proposal of the Board
2 873
-818
2 054
1 660
-1 124
2 476
-1 315
2 358
-947
2 471
-3 029
536
1 161
1 411
-558
7.2
6.4
0.34
12.0
7**
183
15
13
6.1
3.9
0.48
7.6
9
193.5
25
17
10.0
9.2
0.35
17.8
12
240
13
12
10.0
9.0
0.36
17.2
12
298
17
14
9.0
8.0
0.41
14.8
11
262.5
18
15
%
15
10
5
0
SEK
375
325
275
225
175
125
05
06
07
08
09
Return on capital employed
Excl. items affecting comparability
Required return (before tax)
Share price and total return, Holmen B
05
06
07
08
09
Share price
Total return
Source: Reuters EcoWin
n Major shareholders
L E Lundbergföretagen
Kempe Foundations
Handelsbanken incl. pension fund
Silchester International Investors
Alecta
Other
% of capital
28.0
7.0
3.1
10.9
3.2
47.8
100.0
26.8
% of votes
52.0
16.9
9.1
3.2
0.9
17.9
100.0
8.0
Holmen AB (publ.) • P.O. Box 5407 • SE-114 84 STOCKOLM • SWEDEN
Total*
Tel +46 8 666 21 00 • Fax +46 8 666 21 30 • E-mail info@holmen.com • www.holmen.com
* of which non-Swedish shareholders
Corporate identity 556001-3301 • Registered office Stockholm
A
n
n
u
a
l
r
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
0
9
Annual report 2009
Addresses
Holmen AB
Head office
(Strandvägen 1)
P.O. Box 5407
SE-114 84 STOCKHOLM
SWEDEN
Tel +46 8 666 21 00
Fax +46 8 666 21 30
E-mail info@holmen.com
www.holmen.com
Holmen Paper AB
(Vattengränden 2)
SE-601 88 NORRKÖPING
SWEDEN
Tel +46 11 23 50 00
Fax +46 11 23 63 04
Iggesund Paperboard AB
SE-825 80 IGGESUND
SWEDEN
Tel +46 650 280 00
Fax +46 650 288 00
E-mail info@iggesund.com
Holmen Timber AB
P.O. Box 45
SE-825 21 IGGESUND
SWEDEN
Tel +46 650 280 00
Fax +46 650 203 80
E-mail info@holmentimber.com
Holmen Skog AB
(Hörneborgsvägen 6)
SE-891 80 ÖRNSKÖLDSVIK
SWEDEN
Tel +46 660 754 00
Fax +46 660 759 85
E-mail info@holmenskog.com
Iggesunds Bruk (Mill)
SE-825 80 IGGESUND
SWEDEN
Tel +46 650 280 00
Fax +46 650 285 32
E-mail info@iggesund.com
Workington Mill
WORKINGTON Cumbria
CA14 1JX
UK
Tel +44 1900 601000
Fax +44 1900 605000
E-mail info@iggesund.com
Holmen Paper Hallsta
SE-763 81 HALLSTAVIK
SWEDEN
Tel +46 175 260 00
Fax +46 175 264 01
Holmen Paper Braviken
SE-601 88 NORRKÖPING
SWEDEN
Tel +46 11 23 50 00
Fax +46 11 23 66 30
Holmen Paper Madrid
Parque Industrial
La Cantueña
C/del Papel 1
ES-28947 FUENLABRADA
(Madrid)
SPAIN
Tel +34 91 642 0603
Fax +34 91 642 2470
Holmen Energi AB
(Hörneborgsvägen 6)
SE-891 80 ÖRNSKÖLDSVIK
SWEDEN
Tel +46 660 754 00
Fax +46 660 755 10
E-mail info@holmenenergi.com
Iggesunds Sågverk (Sawmill)
P.O. Box 45
SE-825 21 IGGESUND
SWEDEN
Tel +46 650 280 00
Fax +46 650 284 48
E-mail info@holmentimber.com
Bravikens Sågverk (Sawmill)
SE-601 88 NORRKÖPING
SWEDEN
Tel +46 11 23 50 00
Fax +46 11 23 62 19
E-mail info@holmentimber.com
The complete list of addresses is
available on Holmen’s website
www.holmen.com
The cover of the annual report is printed on Iggesund Paperboard’s solid bleached board, Invercote® Creato 280 gsm.
It is embossed and UV-varnished.
The annual report is produced by Holmen.
Graphic production: Gylling Produktion
Layout: AD Reklambyrå and Energi Reklambyrå
Photos: Rolf Andersson and others
Print: Trosa Tryckeri
Translation: Translator Scandinavia AB
Contents
CEO’s message _____________ 1
Administration report ______44
Annual General Meeting ____86
The year in brief______________ 2
Income statement __________52
Information _________________ 87
Holmen in brief ______________ 4
Business concept,
strategy and goals ___________ 6
Statement of
comprehensive income ____52
Balance sheet ______________53
Definitions and glossary _____88
Addresses
Holmen in 90 seconds
Holmen Paper ______________ 12
Changes in equity __________54
Iggesund Paperboard _______ 16
Cash flow statement ______55
Holmen Timber _____________20
Parent company ____________56
Holmen Skog _______________22
Notes ______________________58
Proposed treatment of
unappropriated earnings ____84
Audit report _________________85
Holmen Energi ______________24
Production and
raw materials _______________26
The share and shareholders 28
Corporate governance
report _____________________ 3 1
Board of directors __________36
Group management ________38
Quarterly figures ____________39
Ten-year review ____________40
CEO’s message
C E O ’ s mEs s a gE
Dear shareholder
The year 2009 is certain to go down in history.
The unprecedented slump in the global economy
had a tangible impact on Holmen’s business
areas for printing paper and consumer paper-
board. A drop of more than 10 per cent in
demand entailed considerable production cut-
backs, which put pressure on profits. However,
higher prices, lower fibre costs and more favour-
able exchange rates helped to increase profits
from printing paper and paperboard. Earnings
per share were SEK 12.0, and although we are
not satisfied with this figure, it is an improvement
on the earnings per share of SEK 7.6 achieved in
2008. Return on equity totalled 6 per cent.
Despite the improved profit, the Board pro-
poses lowering the dividend from SEK 9 to
SEK 7 per share. The reason for this proposal is
that we are facing less certainty with regards to
profitability; printing paper prices are under
intense pressure at the same time as we are
implementing major investments, such as the
new sawmill at Braviken. The Board is also
adjusting the dividend target to better reflect
our situation. The dividend is to be based on an
appraisal of the Group’s profitability, future
investment plans and the goal of having a
strong financial position.
Printing paper
Newsprint deliveries to Europe fell by 14 per
cent in 2009, corresponding to a decline of
nearly 20 per cent in the past two years. We
believe that printing paper – mainly newsprint
– is entering a phase in which structurally
intensified competition from new media will
adversely affect growth. This means that Hol-
men Paper and the entire industry will need to
modify their production structure. Holmen
Paper is pursuing its plan to improve quality,
realign operations to focus on more specialised
niche products, shut down unprofitable pro-
duction, improve efficiency and cut costs. A
comment about each mill can illustrate this. At
Hallsta Paper Mill, a paper machine and a
recovered paper line ceased production in 2008.
A major workforce reduction was implemented,
and production was reorganised to increase
n Facts
Net sales, SEKm
Operating profit, SEKm
Operating profit excl. items
affecting comparability, SEKm
Profit for the year, SEKm
Earnings per share, SEK
Dividend per share, SEK
Return on capital employed, %**
Return on equity, %
Debt/equity ratio, times
Investments, SEKm
Average number of employees
2009
2008
18 071
1 620
19 334
1 051
1 620
1 006
12.0
7 *
7.2
6.4
0.34
818
4 577
1 412
642
7.6
9
6.1
3.9
0.48
1 124
4 829
*Proposal of the Board. **Excl. items affecting comparability.
SEKm
4 000
SEKm
4 000
3 000
3 000
2 000
2 000
1 000
1 000
0
0
Operating profit
Operating profit
04
05
06
07
08
07
05
08
06
Operating profit
04
Return on capital employed
Operating profit
Return on equity
Return on capital employed
Return on equity
%
20
%
20
15
15
10
10
5
5
0
0
1 620
7.2
1 620
6.4
7.2
6.4
09
09
SEKm
20 000
15 000
10 000
5 000
0
Net sales and
operating margin
18 071
%
20
15
9.0
10
5
0
04
05
06
07
08
09
Net sales
Operating margin, %
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
1
C E O ’ s m E s s a g E
book paper manufacturing. In the stagnating
market, Holmen has successfully increased vol-
umes in the MF Special niche, where several new
products have been very well received by cus-
tomers. At Braviken Paper Mill, efficiency con-
tinues to improve through measures such as staff
cuts affecting about 100 people. The new pulp
line, launched in 2008, has resulted in dramatic
energy savings per tonne. Holmen Paper Madrid
is investing in a new combined gas and steam
plant to lower electricity and steam costs – two
major cost items. In Madrid, the smaller paper
machine is also being adapted to produce coat-
ed magazine paper (LWC) rather than news-
print. Wargön Mill was closed in 2008; the
shutdown proceeded as planned, and the paper
machine was sold at the end of the year.
Consumer paperboard
The market for virgin fibre board was also
weak in the first part of 2009 but improved
during the autumn. At year-end, Iggesund
Paperboard had a strong order book.
We have continued to refine our products.
At Iggesund Mill, Invercote products were fur-
ther enhanced for various applications. Effi-
ciency improvements are also underway with
the aim of lowering costs. Fossil carbon dioxide
emissions were reduced by 65 per cent during
the year, and more than 90 per cent of the mill’s
internally generated electricity supply comes
from biofuels. A new large-scale efficient treat-
ment plant with the latest technology is now
operational.
Holmen shut down the oldest board machine
at Workington Mill in December 2009 and
upgraded the capacity of the remaining machine
at the same time. These measures add to our
competitive strength and move us towards a
higher quality segment in the market. As a result
of the restructuring process, the mill has an
annual production capacity of 200 000 tonnes
compared to its previous 250 000 tonnes. The
workforce cutbacks affect about 100 people.
sawn timber
The recession also made its mark on the con-
sumption of sawn timber. However, a shortage
of raw materials, low stock levels and produc-
tion cutbacks among many European suppliers
resulted in a relatively favourable market and
enabled Holmen Timber to increase its deliver-
ies compared to 2008. Thanks to the market
situation, price rises were implemented during
the second half of the year.
Production in the new sawmill at Braviken
will start at the turn of 2010/2011, and we hope
to see slightly stronger demand ahead.
Forest
Demand was relatively low at the start of 2009
but rose later in the year, as did wood prices.
The threat of a substantial rise in Russian
export duties subsided during the year, but the
lower import levels appear to be a lasting devel-
opment.
Holmen Skog plays a key role in obtaining
wood for our mills. During 2009, the organisa-
tion was reinforced to meet the need for saw
logs for the new sawmill, and market activities
will be stepped up even more during 2010.
The year in brief
n Demand for Holmen’s products was weak during the year. Deliveries of news-
print and virgin fibre board to Europe declined by 14 per cent and 9 per cent
respectively, compared to 2008. The consumption of sawn timber also
decreased.
n Harvesting in Holmen’s forests increased during the year. Holmen’s hydro
power production was somewhat lower than in a normal year.
n Operating profit, excluding items affecting comparability for 2008, rose
from SEK 1 412 million to SEK 1 620 million. Higher prices for newsprint and
paperboard account for the improvement. Weak demand entailed
considerable production cutbacks, which had an adverse impact on earnings.
2
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
The ground-breaking ceremony for the new sawmill next to
Braviken Paper mill on 11 august attracted a great deal of
media attention and invited guests.
C E O ’ s m E s s a g E
Energy
Holmen Energi achieved very strong operating
profit, mainly thanks to good prices. Activity
levels are high at Holmen Energi. A new hydro
power station in the Iggesundsån river replaced
three old ones during the year. The first peat
deliveries left Holmen’s new extraction sites
during the autumn. Several wind power initia-
tives are also in progress. Our aim is to generate
wind power corresponding to 1 TWh on our
own forestland. The wind is being measured in
several locations, and it is increasingly clear
that we have many sites that may be suitable
for the construction of wind farms. We are also
one of the owners of the company VindIn AB,
which inaugurated its first wind farm in
autumn 2009.
The Holmen Biorefinery Development Cen-
tre is a new area of activity that will develop new
products from forest raw material as well as
from residual and bi-products from Holmen’s
other operations.
Holmen has joined forces with four compa-
nies in electricity-intensive industries to form
Industrikraft i Sverige AB, which signed an
agreement with Vattenfall in the autumn to pro-
ceed with projects to secure fossil-free baseload
power for the future.
Outlook for 2010
It appears that 2010 will be another tough year
for Holmen Paper. There are as yet no signs of an
upturn in demand, and ongoing price negotia-
tions are expected to lead to lower prices for
printing paper in Europe. Meanwhile, prices for
recovered paper, a key raw material for us, have
begun increasing. The market looks brighter for
Iggesund Paperboard and Holmen Timber.
Demand for timber is substantial and prices have
climbed, which raises costs for Holmen Timber
but creates potential for some improvement in
Holmen Skog’s earnings from wood. For Holmen
Energi 2010 may be another good year, because
prices are largely hedged at favourable levels.
The largest currency exposure, to the euro,
is hedged for 2010 and 2011, and the exchange
rates will be slightly more favourable than the
hedging contracts that applied for 2009.
The new sawmill at Braviken is one reason
why investments are estimated to exceed
SEK 1 500 million. An ongoing survey of addi-
tional energy-related investments may keep the
level of investment high.
Holmen is evolving
We have entered a period during which we must
recast part of our Group, by which I am refer-
ring to the printing paper operations at Holmen
Paper. In our 400-year history, we have under-
gone major change on numerous occasions. This
is in itself a strength in times of transformation,
but the realignment and development work is
not possible without the contribution of all
employees. I would like to thank you and say
that together we will successfully tackle the
challenges that await us.
Stockholm, 19 February 2010
Magnus Hall
President and CEO
n The oldest board machine at Workington Mill was shut down at the end of
December. Capacity was upgraded on the remaining machine at the same time.
The resulting annual production capacity of the mill is 200 000 tonnes. The
change entails reducing the workforce by up to 100 people.
n Holmen is continuing to improve efficiency at Braviken Paper Mill as part of
adapting the business area to the market. Redundancies affecting about
100 people were announced in the autumn.
n A new water treatment plant was completed at Iggesund Mill.
n A new hydro power station in the river Iggesundsån replaced three old ones.
n Holmen marked its 400th anniversary in a variety of ways, including the
publication of a newspaper supplement in three languages, a seminar on
future challenges for the industry and a book about Holmen’s history.
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
3
On the actual anniversary, 18 september, the Life guards Dragoon
Trumpet Corps and the mounted Royal guards gave a concert on
the Holmen-torget square in Norrköping.
Nettoomsättning per marknad, %
10
26*
Sverige
Tyskland
18
4
4
Nettoomsättning per marknad, %
Frankrike
Övriga världen
Övriga Europa
Nederländerna
Italien
10
Spanien
26*
13
Storbritannien
■ Europa, 90
*Varav skog och kraft 16
Sverige
5
10
10
Tyskland
Storbritannien
Övriga världen
Övriga Europa
Nederländerna
Frankrike
Nettoomsättning per marknad, %
Italien
18
4
4
Medelantal anställda
H O L m E N i N B R i E F
13
3 511
Sverige
5
Spanien
10
Sverige
Storbritannien 511
573
10
Nederländerna 112
■ Europa, 90
*Varav skog och kraft 16
31
Frankrike
Tyskland
Holmen in brief
Estland
22
Spanien
10
26*
Medelantal anställda
18
Sverige
Spanien
4
4
3 511
573
13
Storbritannien 511
5
Nederländerna 112
10
10
Frankrike
Estland
31
22
Övriga Europa 45
Övriga världen 24
Övriga Europa 45
Storbritannien
Övriga världen 24
■ Europa, 90
Head office
*Varav skog och kraft 16
Production sites
Sheeting units
Sales, forest regions and
purchasing company
Övriga världen
Övriga Europa
Nederländerna
Frankrike
Italien
Spanien
Sverige
Spanien
3 511
573
Storbritannien 511
Nederländerna 112
Frankrike
Estland
31
22
Övriga Europa 45
Övriga världen 24
Medelantal anställda
Huvudkontor
Produktionsorter
Arkning/distribution
Försäljning, skogsregioner
och inköpsbolag
Holmen Paper
Iggesund Paperboard
Holmen Timber
Holmen Skog
Holmen Energi
Head office
Production sites
Sheeting units
Sales, forest regions and
purchasing company
Holmen Paper
Iggesund Paperboard
Holmen Timber
Holmen Skog
Holmen Energi
Operations
outside Europe
Australia
Japan
USA
Hong Kong
Singapore
USA
North Africa*
Middle East*
* Via Uni4 Marketing AB,
a sales company partly
owned by Holmen Timber
Operations
outside Europe
Australia
Japan
USA
Hong Kong
Singapore
USA
North Africa*
Middle East*
* Via Uni4 Marketing AB,
a sales company partly
owned by Holmen Timber
Holmen Paper
Iggesund Paperboard
Holmen Timber
Holmen Skog
Holmen Energi
Verksamhet
utanför Europa
Australien
Japan
USA
Hongkong
Singapore
USA
Nordafrika*
Mellanöstern*
* Via det av Holmen Timber
delägda försäljningsbolaget
Uni4 Marketing AB
among the largest in Europe
Holmen has a total capacity to
manufacture about 2.5 million tonnes
of printing paper and paperboard each
year. The company is Europe’s fifth
largest manufacturer of printing paper,
with production capacity of 1 940 000
tonnes per year. With annual capacity
for 530 000 tonnes of virgin fibre-based
board, Holmen is the third largest
producer in Europe. The company’s
production capacity for sawn timber is
340 000 cubic metres a year.
Holmen is a forest industry group that manu-
factures printing paper, paperboard and sawn
timber and runs forestry and energy produc-
tion operations. The company’s extensive
forest holdings and its high proportion of
energy production are strategically important
resources for its future growth.
PRODUCTS. Holmen focuses on printing paper,
paperboard, sawn timber, forestry and energy.
Holmen Paper and Iggesund Paperboard together
account for 80 per cent of Holmen’s net sales.
OWN FOREST PROVIDES majority of wood raw materials.
Holmen’s manufacturing operations are based on
renewable raw materials from sustainably managed
forests. The Group owns around 1.3 million hectares
of land, of which 1 million are used for forestry. The
company is about 60 per cent self-sufficient for
its wood needs.
HYDRO POWER AND BIOENERGY. Holmen’s electricity
needs are met through the Group’s wholly and partly
owned hydro power and back pressure power as well
as through purchased electricity. The company’s electric-
ity self-sufficiency is some 30 per cent. Biofuels cover
a significant part of Holmen’s thermal energy needs.
MANUFACTURING IN THREE COUNTRIES. Holmen has
four production facilities in Sweden and one each in
the UK and Spain; some finishing takes place in the
Netherlands and France. The Group runs its own sales
companies in several European countries and around
90 per cent of items produced are sold in Europe.
Holmen has a subsidiary for wood purchasing
in Estonia.
HOLMEN’S TWO CLASSES OF SHARES are listed on the
Nasdaq OMX Nordic, Large Cap.
Net sales
by market, %
Net sales
by business area, %
Operating profit
by business area, %
Rest of the
world
Rest of
Europe
France
The
Netherlands
Italy
Spain
17
4
4
5
12
23
Sweden*
8
12
Germany
15
UK
Europe 88 %
*Of which forest and power 18 %
Total: SEK 18 071 million
4
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
Holmen
Skog
Holmen
Timber
2
15
3
Holmen
Energi
Holmen
Energi
23
19
Holmen
Paper
Iggesund
Paperboard
28
52
Holmen
Paper
Holmen
Skog
34
23
Iggesund
Paperboard
1
Holmen
Timber
Holmen
Energi
Holmen
Skog
Holmen
Timber
41
Total: SEK 18 071 million
Total: SEK 1 620 million
Total: SEK 26 929 million
Total: SEK 4 577 million
Total: SEK 4 577 million
Operating capital
by business area, %
11
Holmen
Paper
32
Employees
by business area, %
Holmen
Skog
Holmen
Timber
10
3
Holmen Energi
0.2
The Netherlands
116
Average number of employees
by country/region
15
1
Iggesund
Paperboard
Iggesund
Paperboard
37
50
Holmen
Paper
514
596
UK
Spain
Rest of the
world
22
Rest of
Europe
102
Sweden
3 227
H O L m E N i N B R i E F
Raw-material-oriented
business areas
Holmen skog
Product-oriented
business areas
Holmen Paper
Products and markets
Products: White and
coloured newsprint as
well as paper for direct-
ories, books and magazines.
Customers: Daily newspa-
pers, retailers, book and magazine publishers,
directory and manual publishers and printers.
Mills: Hallsta Paper Mill, Braviken Paper Mill
and Holmen Paper Madrid.
Production capacity/year: 1 940 000 tonnes.
Number of paper machines: 8.
iggesund Paperboard
Products: Solid
bleached board and
folding boxboard for
consumer packaging and
graphic design purposes.
Customers: Converters of
paperboard for packaging as
well as printers and wholesalers.
Mills: Iggesund Mill and Workington Mill.
Production capacity/year: 530 000 tonnes.
Number of board machines: 3*.
* After the shutdown of BM1 at Workington Mill in
December 2009.
Holmen Timber
Products: Pine sawn
timber.
Customers:Joinery and furniture
industries, manufacturers of
solid flooring, planing mills
and builders’ merchants.
Sawmill:
Iggesund Sawmill.
Production capacity/year:
340 000 cubic metres.
Holmen plans to start production at Braviken
Sawmill, with an initial capacity of 550 000
cubic metres, at year-end 2010/2011.
The paper is used for newspapers, maga-
zines, directories, direct advertising and
books. Main market: Europe.
The board is used in packaging for
consumer products and for graphics ap-
plications. Main market: Europe.
Sawn timber is used to make products
such as window frames, flooring, doors and
furniture. Main market: Scandinavia, the
UK, North Africa and the Middle East.
Operations: Responsible for managing
Holmen’s forests, for wood supply to the
Group’s Swedish units and for trade in wood.
Land holding: 1 264 000 hectares, of which
1 032 000 hectares comprise productive
forestland.
Volume of wood: 119 million forest cubic
metres.
Holmen Energi
Operations: Responsible for the Group’s
hydro power stations, coordination of its
energy matters, and electricity supply to its
Swedish units.
Number of wholly and partly
owned hydro power stations: 21.
Number of partly owned wind farms: 1.
Production capacity/year
(hydro power): 1 100 GWh.
The raw-material-oriented business areas Holmen Skog and Holmen Energi provide the product-oriented business areas Holmen Paper, Iggesund Paperboard and
Holmen Timber with wood and electricity respectively. The overview shows how the products are made and how consumers come into contact with them.
Net sales
by business area, %
Operating profit
by business area, %
Operating capital
by business area, %
12
23
Sweden*
Holmen
Skog
Holmen
Timber
2
15
3
Holmen
Energi
Holmen
Energi
23
19
Holmen
Paper
Iggesund
Paperboard
28
52
Holmen
Paper
Holmen
Skog
34
23
Iggesund
Paperboard
1
Holmen
Timber
Holmen
Energi
Holmen
Skog
Holmen
Timber
41
Net sales
by market, %
Rest of the
world
Rest of
Europe
France
Netherlands
The
Italy
Spain
17
4
4
5
8
12
Germany
15
UK
Europe 88 %
*Of which forest and power 18 %
Total: SEK 18 071 million
11
Holmen
Paper
32
Employees
by business area, %
Holmen
Skog
Holmen
Timber
10
3
Holmen Energi
0.2
The Netherlands
116
Average number of employees
by country/region
514
596
UK
Spain
Rest of the
world
22
Rest of
Europe
102
Sweden
3 227
15
1
Iggesund
Paperboard
Iggesund
Paperboard
37
50
Holmen
Paper
Total: SEK 18 071 million
Total: SEK 1 620 million
Total: SEK 26 929 million
Total: SEK 4 577 million
Total: SEK 4 577 million
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
5
B u s iN Es s C O N C E P T, sT Ra T Eg y aN D gOaLs
Business concept,
strategy and goals
Holmen’s business concept is to develop and run profitable business
within three product-oriented business areas for printing paper, paperboard
and sawn timber as well as two raw-material-oriented business areas for forest
and energy. Europe is the key market.
Product-oriented business areas
HOLMEN PAPER manufactures printing paper for
daily newspapers, magazines, directories, man-
uals, direct advertising and books at two mills
in Sweden and one in Spain. With its produc-
tion capacity of 1 940 000 tonnes of printing
paper per year, Holmen Paper is the fifth largest
producer in Europe. UPM and Stora Enso are
the largest, with some 7 and 6 million tonnes
respectively. In printing paper, Holmen Paper
has a strong position amongst European daily
newspaper publishers, who account for around
two-thirds of its sales. Retailers, printers and
book and directory/manual publishers are
other key customer segments. Holmen Paper
has a market share in Europe of just under 10
per cent in standard newsprint, while its share
of the market for improved newsprint, direc-
tory paper and book paper is above 30 per cent.
Holmen Paper’s sales organisation is in Sweden
and in sales companies on geographically
important markets.
IGGESUND PAPERBOARD produces virgin-fibre-
based solid bleached board and folding box-
board for consumer packaging and graphics
applications at one Swedish and one UK mill.
With its capacity of 530 000 tonnes per year,
Iggesund is the third largest manufacturer in
this segment in Europe. Its main competitors
are Stora Enso and M-real, with around 1 mil-
lion and 700 000 tonnes of virgin fibre board
respectively. Iggesund’s largest customer group
comprises converters who make consumer
packaging, but wholesalers and printers who
buy board for graphic design products are also
key customers. Iggesund has a leading market
position, mainly in solid bleached board in
Europe. It is also a significant operator in fold-
ing boxboard. Iggesund has around 20 per cent
of the market in Europe for virgin fibre board.
Euro-pean sales are coordinated via a central
sales office in the Netherlands, with sales and
technical personnel in a number of European
countries. Iggesund also has its own sales com-
panies in Hong Kong, Singapore and the USA.
6
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
Business concept,
strategy and goals
B u s i n e s s c o n c e p t, s t r a t e g y a n d g o a l s
HOLMEN TIMBER is the Group’s third product-ori-
ented business area and it manufactures sawn
timber at its Swedish sawmill. Holmen Timber is
a relatively small operator in Europe and has a
market share of less than one per cent for sawn
timber. Holmen Timber mainly sells its products
to customers in Scandinavia, the UK, North
Africa and the Middle East. Sawn timber is sold
directly to customers via Holmen Timber’s own
sales companies in Sweden and the UK and via a
jointly owned marketing company. Production
at Holmen Timber’s new Braviken Sawmill is
scheduled to start at the turn of 2010/2011. The
new sawmill will produce construction timber
for the construction industry. Scandinavia, the
UK and the USA will be important markets.
raw-material-oriented
business areas
HOLMEN SKOG has responsibility for the Group’s
forest assets. Holmen has forest holdings of one
million hectares of productive forestland in
Sweden and the volume of wood amounts to
119 million forest cubic metres. Holmen is
Sweden’s fourth largest forest owner, with
around 4.5 per cent of the country’s productive
forestland. The volume of wood grows by
3.0 million cubic metres per year, and normally
annual harvesting totals 2.5 million cubic
metres. Half of the wood is sold as timber to
Strategy
a few customer products made from Holmen’s paper, board and
wood.
sawmills, around 40 per cent as pulpwood to
the pulp and paper industry and about 10 per
cent as biofuel for energy production. Holmen
Skog is also responsible for supplying wood to
the Group’s industrial operations in Sweden.
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
7
Quality, productivity and cost focusKey market is EuropeProfitable operations and strong financial position Committed in leadership and skilled workforce Sustainable business activitiesGrow anddevelopour five businessareasSawn timberPaperboardPrintingpaperPRODUCT-ORIENTEDElectricpower &energyForests& woodRAW-MATERIAL-ORIENTEDB u s iN Es s C O N C E P T, sT Ra T Eg y aN D gOaLs
Research and
development (R&D)
Holmen runs its own R&D
activities, as well as partici-
pating in external R&D at
industry-wide level and in
association with universities
and colleges. The main focus
is on product development
and enhancing process
efficiency, although forest
growth and improving the
efficiency of forestry are also
important focuses.
External R&D is carried out
with various partners, such as
Swedish Innventia, MoRe
Research, SweTree Technolo-
gies, the Royal Institute of
Technology, Umeå University,
Mid Sweden University, Karl-
stad University, the Swedish
University of Agricultural Sci-
ences, Skogforsk in Sweden,
the University of Manchester
in the UK, and the Com-
plutense University of Madrid,
Spain.
Self-sufficiency
raw materials, %
Wood
Company forest
HOLMEN ENERGI has responsibility for the Group’s
hydro power assets as well as for developing the
Group’s energy operations. Hydro power pro-
duction during a normal year amounts to
1.1 TWh, making Holmen the sixth largest
electricity producer in Sweden. Holmen Energi is
also responsible for supplying the Group’s Swe-
dish industrial operations with electricity.
Development
Holmen operates on large, well-established
markets, namely its product markets for paper,
paperboard and sawn timber, and its raw mate-
rials markets for wood and energy. The Group’s
goal is to expand and to remain a strong suppli-
er with efficient production. Most of the
growth is organic and takes place by improving
products and increasing production volumes in
existing product areas. Acquisitions have
accounted for a smaller proportion of the com-
pany’s growth. The latest major acquisition was
Holmen Paper Madrid in 2000. Development
also entails reorganisation and the closure of
unprofitable production – measures that have
characterised Holmen Paper in recent financial
years. Holmen has focused on developing more
advanced grades of paper to reduce the produc-
tion of standard newsprint. Iggesund Paper-
board is adapting production to prioritise top-
quality paperboard. Sawn timber is continually
enhanced in close cooperation with customers
and specialised subcontractors. When comp-
leted, Braviken Sawmill will be an efficient and
technologically advanced sawmill for construc-
tion timber.
Holmen’s own wood and energy production
will also be developed and grow. The silvicul-
ture measures taken are expected to result in
gradual increases in annual wood production
(harvesting) to achieve a rise of 20 per cent in
40 years’ time. Good potential is also expected
for increasing the growth rate in the Group’s
forests by roughly 25 per cent in 30 years’ time
by adopting new and improved silviculture
methods, which will lead to higher harvesting
levels in future. In energy operations, the com-
pany believes that there is real potential for
developing new, profitable production of wind
power and biofuel. The aim is to produce 1 TWh
of electricity each year from wind power on
Holmen’s land. In 2009, Holmen Energi
opened a development centre in Iggesund
focusing on biorefining and biofuels.
Holmen must satisfy its customers’ high
demands for the efficient printing, converting
and sawing of products to make suitable end
products with customer appeal. Holmen engag-
es in decentralised R&D in each business area
to support business demands for product devel-
opment and efficient processes.
Productivity
The overall objective of the Group’s operations
is to offer customers attractive products of high
quality and good service in a cost effective way
to maintain Holmen’s position as a competitive
60
The production process
This highly simplified diagram illustrates the production
means, passes along a web in the machine – firstly through
process in a paper and board machine. In reality, the ma-
a wet section, then a press section and finally the paper/
chines differ quite significantly. The raw materials consist
board is dried on the web, which at that stage runs between
mainly of wood and/or recovered paper, electricity and
numerous cylinders. It is finally rolled on reels and cut to the
chemicals. The pulp, produced by chemical or mechanical
reel or sheet sizes that the customers have ordered.
Electricity
Price hedges
for the years
2010–2015
52
33
Wholly and partly
owned hydro and
back pressure
power
PULP
PRESS SECTION
PAPER/BOARD
RAW MATERIALS
WET SECTION
15
Not price
hedged
Massa
DRIER
Egen mekanisk
och kemisk massa-
produktion
8
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
95%
Returpapper
Retur
frakt
Egen insamling
och bolag
21%
55%
B u s i N E s s C O N C E P T, s T R a T E g y a N D g O a L s
supplier. Large-scale, efficient production facili-
ties and skilled employees yield high productiv-
ity and efficient use of input goods and capital.
Effective interaction between marketing, prod-
uct development and production increases is
essential to achieve successful long-term invest-
ments, economies of scale and development.
Basic volumes of certain products are com-
bined with selective ventures involving
improved or more advanced products for both
existing and new categories of customers.
Alongside efficient production processes, the
cost of raw materials and transport has an
important impact on competitiveness. The
main raw materials in the processes for produc-
ing printing paper, paperboard and sawn tim-
ber are fibre, in the form of wood, recovered
paper and pulp as well as energy in the form of
electricity and heat. Holmen produces more
than 90 per cent of the pulp and thermal energy
that it requires at its own mills using a highly
integrated production process. The procure-
ment of other raw materials is underpinned
through backward integration along the pro-
duction chain by owning forests, hydro power
plants and recovered paper procurement units.
The Group’s Swedish facilities are around
65 per cent self-sufficient in wood, while for the
whole Group (including the UK mill) self-
sufficiency is around 60 per cent. The Group
produces more than 30 per cent of the electrici-
ty that it requires, while more than 70 per cent
of thermal energy production is based on resi-
dual products from the Group’s production pro-
cesses. Moreover, the prices of around 55 per
cent of the electricity supplies are hedged through
long-term supply contracts. Significant volumes
of recovered paper are purchased via wholly and
partly owned paper collection companies.
Financial targets
PROFITABILITY. Holmen’s profitability target is a
return that is consistently higher than the market
cost of capital, and this target is used to govern
the business. At Group level, the key ratio used
to calculate profitability is Value Added; this is
defined as operating profit/loss less the cost of
capital and tax. It provides a simple and
sufficiently fair yardstick that is continuously
followed up for the Group, business areas and
production units. The Group’s profitability has
exceeded the cost of capital over a long period
of time, although not in 2008.
Holmen’s business is capital intensive and
much expansion is the result of investing in
additional capacity and improved production.
Investments are often combined with cost
rationalisation measures. To assess the profita-
bility of investments, a model is used to calcu-
late the present value of cash flows; that is, esti-
mated future cash flows are discounted by the
weighted cost of capital.
Computing the cost of capital involves
weighting the cost of borrowed capital and
equity and multiplying the result by the capital
invested in the business. The cost of equity is
computed as interest plus a premium based on
the level of risk for the operation, with capital
invested in industrial operations being assigned
a higher risk premium (5 per cent) than capital
invested in forest and power assets (2 per cent).
The Group’s weighted cost of capital for its
operating activities is computed on the basis of
short-term market interest rates and was near
to 8 per cent (before tax) for industrial opera-
tions in 2009. The cost of capital used for eval-
uating investment projects is based on long-
term market interest rates and was about
11 per cent (before tax) for industrial opera-
tions in 2009.
CAPITAL STRUCTURE. Holmen is to have a strong
financial position that provides financial stabili-
ty and enables the company to make correct,
long-term business decisions that are not solely
dependent on the state of the economy and
external financing possibilities. The target for the
debt/equity ratio is the interval 0.3–0.8, and
adjustment to this target is one aspect of
Holmen’s strategic planning.
DIVIDEND. Decisions on ordinary dividends are
based on a total appraisal of the Group’s profit-
ability, future investment plans and financial
position.
The Board has proposed that the 2010
Annual General Meeting (AGM) resolves in
favour of lowering the dividend to SEK 7 per
share, corresponding to 4 per cent of equity.
During the past decade, the ordinary dividend
has averaged 5 per cent of equity. As a result,
around 60 per cent of earnings per share have
been paid out in ordinary dividends each year.
In addition to ordinary dividends, Holmen paid
extra dividends for the 1998, 2000 and 2003
financial years.
In recent years, the AGM has authorised the
Tonnes
800
600
400
200
0
%
20
15
10
5
0
times
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
SEK
20
15
10
5
0
Productivity
Production per employee and year
’000 m3
745
282
2.6
8
6
4
2
0
04
05
06
07
08
09
Holmen Paper
Iggesund Paperboard
Holmen Timber
Profitability
Return on capital employed
7.2
6.5
04
05
06
07
08
09
Return on capital employed
Excl. items affecting comparability
Required return (before tax)
Capital structure
Debt/equity ratio
04
05
06
07
08
09
Dividend
per share
0.34
%
8
6
4
2
0
3.6
7
04
05
06
07
08
09
Proposal
Ordinary dividend
Ordinariy dividend as % of equity
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
9
B u s i N E s s C O N C E P T, s T R a T E g y a N D g O a L s
Board to buy back up to 10 per cent of all the
shares in the company. During 2008, Holmen
bought back 760 000 class B shares, correspond-
ing to around 0.9 per cent of the total number of
shares on issue and around 0.3 per cent of the
total number of votes. These share buy-backs
were linked to the Group’s incentive scheme.
There is no specific target for share buy-backs.
Holmen has used them as a complement to divi-
dends as a means of adjusting the capital struc-
ture when conditions were deemed favourable.
Share buy-backs took place in 2000 and 2008.
sustainability
Holmen’s development is to be based on a sus-
tainable approach to profitability and use of
resources. The raw materials – wood and recov-
ered paper – and the products are recyclable and
adapted to the ecocycle.
Holmen is taking measures to make efficient
use of electricity and heat, to reduce emissions of
fossil carbon dioxide and to increase energy self-
sufficiency.
The Group is a participant in the UN’s Glo-
bal Compact and thus supports international
guidelines relating to human rights, social condi-
tions, the environment and labour rights.
Holmen’s measures to promote sustainable
development are described in detail in the sepa-
rate sustainability report Holmen and its World.
The report satisfies the conditions for Level A,
the highest of the Global Reporting Initiative’s
reporting levels.
FINANCIAL DEVELOPMENT. Healthy profitability
and a strong financial position create good con-
ditions for development that is sustainable in
the long term. Holmen has a distinct role to
play in a sustainable society by being a success-
ful and profitable company that manufactures
products from natural raw materials.
This creates employment opportunities and
makes it possible to buy input goods, pay taxes
and pay a return to Holmen’s owners and fin-
anciers. Profitability is also a prerequisite for
investments that allow the company to develop
in line with gradual changes in market condi-
tions. In this way, Holmen’s financial targets
support long-term and sustainable financial
development.
SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY. Holmen’s HR activities
are governed by guidelines, laws and agree-
Holmen and its World
describes Holmen’s activities
towards sustainable develop-
ment. The sustainability re-
port aims to provide clear an-
swers to questions asked by
the Group’s stakeholders
about environmental and so-
cial responsibility and finan-
cial development. The 2009
edition will be published in
English and Swedish in
March 2010 and can be or-
dered on the website. The
Spanish version is expected
to be ready in May.
In 2009, as in previous years,
Holmen was included in sev-
eral corporate indices for sus-
tainable development and so-
cial responsibility. Inclusion in
such indices signifies that the
company is deemed to act re-
sponsibly in financial, envi-
ronmental and social respon-
sibility issues. Holmen is, for
instance, listed among Swed-
bank Robur’s Ethica and Ban-
co fund families, the FTSE-
4Good Index Series, Nasdaq
OMX/GES Nordic Sustaina-
bility Index, OMX GES Sus-
tainability Sweden Index,
Storebrand’s SRI Index and
SIX STARS Sustainability
Index.
Global Reporting Initia-
tive (GRI) issues globally
accepted guidelines (G3)
for sustainability reporting.
Holmen has adhered to these
guidelines for several years,
and the sustainability report
for 2009 satisfies the highest
reporting standard, Level A.
This has also been verified by
the audit firm KPMG.
1 0
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
Employees at Braviken Paper mill.
ments. The main emphasis is on skills supply,
leadership and organisation. Holmen has set a
number of targets for human capital, leader-
ship, performance reviews, the number of
industrial accidents and the proportion of
female managers. Our sustainability report
Holmen and its World details these targets.
The results are followed up via key indica-
tors and Holmen Inblick, the employee survey.
Employee surveys are carried out every other
year and, as of 2009, at all of Holmen’s units.
The results provide a foundation for strategic
HR activities and local action plans.
Holmen takes systematic action to identify
and develop employees with the potential to
advance to more qualified tasks. Holmen’s tar-
get is to fill at least 75 per cent of all manage-
ment vacancies in the Group through internal
recruitment. Management training pro-
grammes have been expanded, in that all new
managers now have a local mentor and under-
go an induction course.
Each year significant resources are ear-
marked for skills development. All the business
areas conduct numerous training programmes.
The average Holmen employee receives around
40 hours of training each year.
Holmen is taking long-term measures to cre-
ate a stable basis for future recruitment, includ-
ing close cooperation with universities and col-
leges and offering summer jobs to young people.
Holmen endeavours to help employees
affected by company restructuring by offering
B u s i N E s s C O N C E P T, s T R a T E g y a N D g O a L s
relocation, early retirement and financial sup-
port for training.
Holmen takes joint action with the union
organisations on issues concerning health, safe-
ty, equal opportunities, competence develop-
ment and reductions in the workforce. All poli-
cies are developed together with or have the
support of union organisations.
ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBILITY. Environmental
aspects of Holmen’s business are regulated by
laws and permits in each country. The organisa-
tion and management of the Group’s environ-
mental activities are based on the Group’s envi-
ronmental policy. The policy clarifies the
importance of energy and climate issues to the
business. The environmental impact of produc-
tion is within the limits laid down by environ-
mental authorities.
The Group’s forests are managed with the
long-term goal of increasing wood production,
while also providing a habitat for the many
species living there. A new silviculture pro-
gramme has been developed which is expected
to be able to further boost growth in Holmen’s
forests and create suitable conditions for natu-
rally occurring plants and animals to flourish in
the forest habitat in the long term. The Group
also has the goal of increasing its extraction of
biofuels from the forests in response to the
growing demand from biofuel-based energy
production.
Holmen’s industrial and forestry operations
are certified in accordance with ISO 14001. The
forestry operations are also certified in accord-
ance with the Forest Stewardship Council
(FSC) and the Programme for the Endorsement
of Forest Certification schemes (PEFC).
Holmen takes a pro-active approach to meas-
ures that contribute to sustainable development
and help to reduce the impact on climate. Hol-
men is affected by the rules in the Kyoto Proto-
col regarding trading in emission rights, because
the Group’s facilities have been included in the
system since 2005. Holmen supports improve-
ment of energy efficiency and expansion of car-
bon neutral energy sources, such as hydro
power, wind power and nuclear power.
In Sweden and the UK, Holmen participates
in voluntary energy-efficiency improvement
programmes that offer energy-intensive indus-
tries an alternative to energy taxes. This focuses
internal attention on energy issues and is
expected to increase energy efficiency and
reduce climate change. The energy management
systems in place at the Group’s Swedish sites
and at Workington Mill were introduced at
Holmen Paper Madrid in 2009.
Holmen actively identifies and implements
energy saving measures. The Group’s energy
and climate targets, described in more detail in
the sustainability report Holmen and its World
2009, are to make energy use more efficient and
reduce the use of fossil fuels.
For each tree that Holmen harvests, the company plants three new ones.
%
20
15
10
5
0
40
30
20
10
0
%
8
6
4
2
0
Proportion of females
18.6
15.8
04
05
06
07
08
09
Managers in the Group
Employees in the Group
Industrial accidents
with sick leave,
number per 1 000 employees
31.2
20.9
04
05
06
07
08
09
Swedish entities
The Group
Sick leave
3.8
3.7
04
05
06
07
08
09
Swedish entities
The Group
Fossil carbon dioxide
kg/tonne
end product
200
150
100
50
0
109
60
04
05
06
07
08
09
Swedish entities
The Group
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
1 1
H o l m e n P aPe r
Holmen Paper
Holmen Paper is the fifth largest printing paper manufacturer in Europe. Its
share of the European market is 10 per cent for standard newsprint and more
than 30 per cent for MF Magazine, book and directory paper.
operations in 2009
Global demand for printing paper was down
during the year, and European demand for
printing paper fell by about 15 per cent. Deliv-
eries of newsprint to Europe declined by 14 per
cent compared to 2008. Combined with weak
demand outside Europe, this resulted in low
capacity utilisation at European producers.
Despite this, little capacity was permanently
shut down in the market, which put supply and
demand out of balance. Demand for MF Maga-
zine in Europe was 20 per cent less in 2009
than in 2008. SC paper declined by 9 per cent
and coated grades by 22 per cent.
n Facts
2009
2008
Net sales, SEKm
9 303 10 443
Operating profit/loss, SEKm
340
-81
Operating profit excl. items
affecting comparability, SEKm
Investments, SEKm
340
287
280
679
Operating capital, SEKm
8 789 10 237
Average number of employees
2 301
2 584
Share of sales in Europe, %
84
88
Deliveries, ’000 tonnes
1 745
2 044
SEKm
1 000
SEKm
1 000
750
750
500
500
250
250
0
0
1 2
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
Operating profit
Operating profit
340
340
04
05
06
07
08
09
%
10.0
%
10.0
7.5
7.5
5.0
5.0
3.5
3.5
2.5
2.5
0.0
0.0
SEKm
12 000
9 000
6 000
3 000
0
08
07
05
06
Operating profit
04
Return on operating capital
Operating profit
Excl. items affecting comparability
Return on operating capital
Excl. items affecting comparability
09
Net sales and
operating margin
9 303
3.7
%
12
9
6
3
0
04
05
06
07
08
09
Net sales
Operating margin
Excl. items affecting comparability
Holmen Paper’s operations during the year
concentrated on an extensive quality drive and
product development, in parallel with cost cuts
and efficiency improvements. At Hallsta Paper
Mill, the workforce was reduced by about
30 per cent after the closure of PM 2 and the
pulp line for recovered paper in 2008. The
workforce at Braviken Paper Mill will be
reduced by about 100 people when a new
organisation is introduced in spring 2010.
At the paper mill in Madrid, work continues
aimed at improving the efficiency of processes
as well as cutting costs.
Operating profit for 2009 was SEK 340 mil-
lion, compared to SEK 280 million for 2008
(excluding items affecting comparability). The
improvement was attributable to higher sales
prices, but the weak market entailed extensive
production cutbacks and increased sales out-
side Europe. Lower costs of wood and recov-
ered paper made a positive impact on profit,
while energy costs rose.
market
Holmen Paper’s market strategy focuses on
Europe and is to develop competitive products
and business concepts in wood-containing
printing paper for specific customer segments:
daily newspaper publishers, retailers, printers,
and book and directory/manual publishers.
Holmen Paper’s share of the market for stand-
ard newsprint is around 10 per cent in Europe.
For newsprint-related niche products, such as
MF Magazine, book and directory paper,
Holmen Paper’s overall share of the European
market is more than 30 per cent. The European
market for wood-containing printing paper
totalled more than 21 million tonnes in 2009,
which is 4 million tonnes – or about 15 per cent
– less than in 2008.
NEWSPRINT. About 9 million tonnes of the Euro-
pean market for wood-containing printing
paper consisted of newsprint. Paid-for daily
newspapers account for the majority of con-
sumption. Free newspapers, which proved
more susceptible to changes in the economy
due to heavy dependence on advertising
re venue, fell in 2009, to account for about
5 per cent of consumption.
Newsprint demand is increasingly affected
by the widening range of electronic media and
changing media habits of consumers and adver-
tisers. Investments in radio, television and the
internet are noticeable among traditional news-
paper publishers.
Global demand for newsprint was down by
15 per cent during the year. The largest declines
occurred in North America and Europe, by
around 26 and 14 per cent respectively. Growth
was mainly evident in Asia. Holmen Paper’s
newsprint deliveries decreased by 16 per cent,
somewhat more than the average, due to the
closure of capacity, reorganisation to focus on
other products, and falling demand.
Following price cuts in 2008, newsprint
prices were increased in 2009. For 2010, the
prices are falling again.
The market was weak throughout the year.
Rising exports outside Europe partially offset
weak European demand, although capacity uti-
lisation for west-European suppliers ended at
84 per cent.
H o l m e n P aPe r
Successful TmP
investment
Braviken’s new line for
thermo-mechanical pulp
(TMP) production was
brought into operation in the
latter part of 2008, following
investments of about SEK
500 million. One year on, the
effects are clear. The energy
savings, along with lower
consumption of chemicals,
correspond to more than
SEK 90 million per year.
Thanks to improved steam
recycling, oil consumption
has fallen dramatically, from
25 000 to 14 000 cubic me-
tres per year.
The pulp produced is also
stronger and has enhanced
optical properties. Braviken
has therefore been able to
produce Holmen XLNT with a
grammage of as low as
36 grams, and has won mar-
ket shares from SC paper
with a grammage of 45
grams.
The pulp production is con-
tinually studied and further
developed, and there is po-
tential for additional improve-
ments to energy consump-
tion, productivity and pulp
properties.
Products, %
End-products, %
Leading producers 2009
Printing paper, capacity in Europe
Coated
SC
6
9
Advertising print,
magazines
and books
Daily press
41
52
MF Special
41
44
7
Standard newsprint
Directories/manuals
UPM
Stora Enso
Norske
Myllykoski
Holmen
SCA
Burgo
’000 tonnes
0
2 000
4 000
6 000
8 000
Standard newsprint
SC
MF Special
Coated
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
1 3
H o l m e n P aPe r
european printing
paper market 2009
lWc/MWc (coated paper)
6 million tonnes
Substantial market-
related production stop-
pages were implemented at
all of Holmen Paper’s mills
in 2009.
magazine titles are two positive driving forces.
Holmen Paper has relatively small volumes in
SC and coated paper, and deliveries of both fell
by about 5 per cent in 2009 – without taking
account of the closure of Wargön Mill.
Change and development
Newsprint will continue to form the founda-
tion of Holmen Paper in future, but action has
been taken for several years now to reduce
exposure to this area and increase the focus on
more advanced and selected products in the
MF Special product area. Holmen Paper enjoys
a strong position here with products such as
Holmen Book and Holmen XLNT.
Focused further development is ongoing and
largely concentrates on projects for enhance-
ment of MF Special.
Holmen Paper constantly cuts costs and
improves efficiency to adapt to the changing
market.
A new organisation with 30 per cent fewer
employees was introduced at Hallsta Paper
Mill in 2009. In September, Holmen announced
staff cuts affecting about 100 people at Braviken
Paper Mill; this will also entail a new organi-
sation and noticeable profit impact in 2010.
Variable costs are continually reviewed. As
part of this, Holmen constantly improves the
efficiency of its machinery and its consumption
of input goods and energy.
An in-house project to boost the quality of
product characteristics, technical support and
delivery precision was stepped up in 2009 and
is making rapid progress.
MF SPEcIal. This product
area contains the product
groups MF Magazine,
book paper and telephone
directory paper. Holmen
Paper’s strength lies in the
product group MF Maga-
zine, comprising products
between standard news-
print and magazine paper
(SC and LWC paper) on the
quality scale. Holmen aims
to offer alternatives to, in
particular, SC paper that
are cost effective and have
potential for further devel-
opment. Holmen Paper’s
deliveries of MF Magazine
increased by 5 per cent, or
20 000 tonnes, to 400 000
tonnes. The general market trend for MF Maga-
zine in Europe in 2009 was a 20 per cent drop
in demand.
Book paper is a niche product that has
become more important to Holmen Paper and
is an area in which the company achieved posi-
tive results of product development during the
year. Holmen’s deliveries rose by 23 per cent in
2009. The European market for wood-contain-
ing book paper totals about 500 000 tonnes per
year.
The market for telephone directory paper is
dominated by a small number of strong buyers
in each country. Demand was down by around
20 per cent in 2009, as were Holmen Paper’s
deliveries, and the long-term market trend is
negative. Holmen Paper has a market share of
about 35 per cent.
MaGaZINE P aPER. 2009 was also a gloomy year
for magazine paper, that is, SC and coated
paper. The European market fell by 17 per cent
to 10 million tonnes. Magazine publishers,
retailers and printers are the largest customer
categories. Despite the drastic reduction in
2009, there are real hopes of some recovery
propelled by investments in advertising.
Increases in addressed direct mail and new
Sc paper
4 million tonnes
e
c
i
r
P
MF Special 2 million tonnes
Standard newsprint
9 million tonnes
lWC/mWC
Magazines
Journals
Weekly magazines
Product catalogues
Advertising print
SC paper
Journals
Weekly magazines
Product catalogues
Advertising print
mF Special
Advertising print
Supplements
Books
Telephone directories
Standard
newsprint
Daily newspapers
Advertising print
Supplements
1 4
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
An example of product development: Holmen XLNT
H o l m e n P aPe r
n oTe r
market
Holmen Paper’s marketing
department and technical customer
service identify what the market
demands from printing paper. These
are key channels for obtaining infor-
mation about customers’ needs and
requirements for product develop-
ment. Customer surveys are also
used for this purpose.
ProDUCT CoUnCIl
Holmen Paper’s product council
identifies possible product
develop ment based on the busi-
ness area’s strategic goals and
identified market needs deemed
to have good future potential.
Holmen Paper has a high percentage of
MF Special in its product portfolio. MF Special is one of
Holmen Paper’s strategic strengths that are important to safe-
guard. SC paper, which Holmen Paper only manufactures on a small
scale, is also a significant product for certain end users. SC paper is a more
advanced product than MF Special. Holmen Paper therefore saw the
potential of developing MF Special, bringing it into a higher product
class that is close to SC paper in terms of quality. The key question
was: Is it possible to create a type of MF Special paper with the
properties of SC paper?
DeCISIonS
Profitability analyses and
technical prerequisites form
the basis of decisions.
The preliminary study showed that the
project had good prospects for success.
The market clearly signalled that the concept
was interesting, so Holmen decided to continue
the project.
laUnCH
after testing, the new product
is ready for its market launch.
Close cooperation with reference customers
led to a breakthrough, which has made
Holmen Paper the market leader in this type
of paper. The market is very positive about
this MF Special product, which has been
named Holmen XLNT.
Strategic goals
Holmen Paper’s product portfolio
must follow the strategy set by the
business area. Holmen Paper’s
strategy is to reduce exposure to
standard newsprint, which accounts
for more than half of production
volume, and increase exposure to
products with higher value added,
such as MF Special.
PrelImInary STUDy
a preliminary study is initiated to identify technical
possibilities and limitations as well as required
investments. estimates are made to calculate
the costs of the projects.
SC paper has a higher gloss than MF Special products.
The preliminary study investigated how to increase the
gloss of MF Special paper. The paper pulp, filler and
calendering process were important parameters in the
study. Discussions took place with various parties, in-
cluding machinery manufacturers and chemicals suppliers.
ProjeCT anD PIloT TeST
after a go-ahead decision, a project is started
to develop the new product. Pilot testing
is carried out. Qualification testing on key
customers’ equipment is an important step
prior to product launch.
Full-scale tests were performed to test the mixture of pa-
per pulp and filler when combined with various calender-
ing processes used to press the paper. Holmen carried out
test printing on key customers’ equipment and then made
certain requisite adjustments. Gradual development work led to
step-by-step improvements.
FInal ProDUCT
I g g eS UnD P aPe r b o a rD
Iggesund Paperboard
Iggesund Paperboard is the third largest manufacturer of virgin fibre board in
Europe, with a market share of about 20 per cent. Iggesund Paperboard has
a leading market position in solid bleached board in Europe, but is also
a significant operator in folding boxboard.
operations in 2009
The virgin fibre board market was weak, par-
ticularly in the first half of 2009. The deteriora-
tion in market conditions was caused by the
economic slowdown initiated by global finan-
cial unease with a slump in demand and subse-
quent destocking. Overall, the European mar-
ket for virgin-fibre-based board declined by
9 per cent. Deliveries from Europe to non-
European markets declined by 14 per cent.
n Facts
2009
2008
Net sales, SEKm
5 023
4 860
Operating profit, SEKm
Investments, SEKm
419
260
320
327
Operating capital, SEKm
4 114
4 254
Average number of employees
1 669
1 670
Share of sales in Europe, %
Deliveries, ’000 tonnes
85
477
89
494
SEKm
1 000
SEKm
1 000
750
750
500
500
250
250
0
0
Operating profit
Operating profit
%
10.0
%
40
7.5
30
5.0
340
419
20
3.5
9.9
04
05
06
07
08
09
2.5
10
0.0
0
SEKm
6 000
4 500
3 000
1 500
0
04
06
07
05
Operating profit
Return on operating capital
Operating profit
Excl. items affecting comparability
Return on operating capital
09
08
Net sales and
operating margin
%
20
15
5 023
10
8.3
5
0
04
05
06
07
08
09
Net sales
Operating margin
1 6
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
Capacity shutdowns prevented capacity utilisa-
tion among European producers from falling
to the same extent as demand. Prices were
increased during the year for both solid bleached
board and folding boxboard. Iggesund Paper-
board increased prices for folding boxboard in
the UK market in the autumn and announced
price rises in the rest of Europe for 2010.
In the autumn, a decision was made to per-
manently shut down the oldest board machine
at Workington Mill and to upgrade the remain-
ing board machine to obtain higher capacity
and improved quality. The new annual capacity
of the mill is 200 000 tonnes – a volume that is
more appropriate for the market. The change
entails personnel cutbacks affecting about
100 people.
Operating profit for 2009 was SEK 419 mil-
lion (320). The improvement was thanks to
higher prices largely due to currency move-
ments with a weaker pound (sterling) and
Swedish krona but also from the price rises
implemented in the second half of 2008. How-
ever, production cutbacks and increased manu-
facturing costs had a negative effect on earn-
ings. Provisions and impairment losses result-
ing from the shutdown of the board machine
had a negative impact of SEK 75 million on
profit during the year.
market
2.6 million tonnes. For a few years, the annual
market growth rate was higher than usual,
around 5 per cent, but it declined in 2008 and
2009, owing to the economic slowdown and
financial unease. The largest European markets
for solid bleached board and folding boxboard
are Germany and the UK, with 23 per cent and
14 per cent of consumption respectively. Several
European markets are decreasing, with eastern
Europe showing a somewhat more marked
decline. In recent years Asia has overtaken
North America as the largest market for virgin
fibre board. Iggesund Paperboard’s share of the
European virgin fibre board market is about
20 per cent, and the company is the clear mar-
ket leader in Europe in the solid bleached board
segment.
Iggesund Paperboard concentrates its sales
on two product segments: packaging board –
including tobacco board as an important sub-
segment – and paperboard for graphics appli-
cations. The main customer categories are con-
verters, who make packaging, and wholesalers
and printers, who buy paperboard for use in
graphics printing.
Iggesund Paperboard’s Invercote and Incada
brands lead the European paperboard market.
Invercote solid bleached board (produced at
Iggesund Mill) is the number-one brand, and
Incada folding boxboard (produced at Work-
ington Mill) is ranked second.
Global consumption of paperboard amounts
to roughly 32 million tonnes per year. The Euro-
pean market for the grades produced by Igge-
sund – virgin-fibre-based solid bleached board
and folding boxboard – is approximately
PacKaGING BOaRD. The type of virgin-fibre-
based board manufactured by Iggesund Paper-
board has a variety of uses, including packag-
ing for confectionery, pharmaceuticals, cosmet-
ics and perfume. The trend in private consump-
I g g eS UnD P aPe r b o a rD
lower consumption
of fossil fuels
Long-term environmental work
has been conducted for dec-
ades at Iggesund Mill. The aim
is to become self-sufficient in
electricity and independent of
fossil fuels. The energy supply
is based on heat from the mill’s
own processes, and electricity,
of which nearly half is produced
at the mill.
In 2009, carbon dioxide emis-
sions from fossil fuels at Igge-
sund Mill fell by 65 per cent,
through energy savings and in-
vestments of about SEK 100
million in greater capacity for
use of biofuels. The decrease
corresponds to emissions from
17 500 cars each driven 15 000
km per year.
Even before these measures
were taken, nearly 90 per cent
of the mill’s internally generated
electricity supply came from
biofuel; this proportion is now
rising to 95 per cent and means
that manufacture of Invercote
produces virtually no fossil car-
bon dioxide emissions.
Iggesund Mill has a surplus of
thermal energy that runs the
mill’s production process, dries
sawn timber in Holmen
Timber’s sawmill and heats
more than 1 000 homes nearby.
Products, %
End-products, %
Leading producers 2009
Virgin fibre board, capacity in Europe
Folding
boxboard
Graphics
Consumer packaging
21
79
43
57
Solid bleached
board
Stora Enso
M-real
Holmen
Careo
International
Paper
Mayr-Melnhof
’000 tonnes
0
400
800
1 200
Solid bleached board (SBB)
Folding boxboard (FBB)
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
1 7
I g g eS UnD P aPe r b o a rD
european paperboard
market 2009
tion, which declined in 2009 from a global per-
spective, is one factor that has a major impact
on demand for packaging; as a result,
demand for board used for this purpose
Sbb
550 000
tonnes
Fbb 2 000 000 tonnes
fell during the year.
Manufacturing operations in Europe
continue to migrate eastwards, part-
ly due to rising private consump-
tion there and partly because
eastern Europe has been trans-
formed, from being a net
SUb 450 000 tonnes and
lPb 1 900 000 tonnes
WlC 3 400 000 tonnes
importer of quality pack-
aging, to a net exporter.
The largest customer
segment for packag-
ing board com-
Price
prises converters.
The demands
made on packag-
ing, and thus also on packaging materials, are
constantly growing. Convenience, quality
requirements and the need for brand-name pro-
filing are giving rise to customised functions in
packaging solutions. The appearance of pack-
ages in stores is becoming an increasingly
important factor that affects the choice of
material and design. In the chocolate and con-
fectionery segment, Iggesund Paperboard ben-
efits from the stringent demands for packaging
to be neutral in terms of odour and taste.
Tobacco packaging is the largest sub-
segment in packaging board. The market for
tobacco packaging is stable and is characterised
by a small number of large international cus-
tomers who demand outstanding quality and
service. Customers’ search for new design solu-
tions and the need to minimise initial costs in
product launches have benefitted Iggesund
Paperboard as a supplier. Invercote was former-
ly the main brand supplied to the tobacco
industry, but Incada is now also used to pack-
age tobacco products. With its two grades of
paperboard, teamed with the finishing options
created by the company’s lamination facilities
in Strömsbruk, Iggesund Paperboard offers the
market’s broadest product portfolio suited to
the needs of the tobacco industry. Geographi-
cally, the printing and conversion of cigarette
packaging are still migrating eastwards.
GRaPHIcS BOaRD. The graphics market uses
paperboard for covers of publications, cards
and advertising materials. The large number of
end customers in the market for graphics board
SBB: Solid bleached board
FBB: Folding boxboard
SUB: Solid unbleached board
LPB: Liquid packaging board
WLC: White lined chipboard
(recovered/de-inked
fibre board)
Sbb
Prestigious products
Graphics products
Confectionery
Cigarettes
Fbb
Confectionery
Pharmaceuticals
Cigarettes
Frozen goods
Skin care and
sanitary articles
SUb, lPb
Beverages
Dairy products
Dried goods
WlC
Dried goods
Household products
1 8
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
means that the greater part of volume is sold
through a wide network of wholesalers. The
latter have been under intense financial pres-
sure for several years, which has led to a grad-
ual increase in consolidation of these players.
High and uniform quality fuels wholesalers’
interest in Invercote and Incada. The properties
of these paperboards make them very versatile.
They are particularly in demand for graphics
applications thanks to their good colour repro-
duction.
The graphics printing market, with its
dependence on marketing activity, is the area
that has been most adversely affected by the
weak global economy.
Development
Productivity at Iggesund Paperboard’s facilities
has increased. Marketing has intensified and
the product mix has gradually been modified to
match trends in market demand. Improvements
have been achieved through several major
rebuilding projects and a series of smaller
investments to enhance efficiency, as well as an
extensive product development programme.
The new version of Invercote is a result of
rebuilding board machine 2 at Iggesund Mill in
the autumn of 2007, which was successfully
brought on-line in autumn 2008. The new tech-
nology platform is the starting point for addi-
tional development towards better and more
consistent quality. Intensive development is in
progress to further refine the printing surface
and improve mechanical properties. This aims
to increase scope for new and more advanced
designs for customers’ packaging, using less
material, yet maintaining the same protective
properties.
Iggesund Paperboard has a tradition of con-
tinously developing Invercote and Incada. As of
2008, Invercote is available in a coated version
with a biologically degradable surface which is
compostable. This makes it suitable for food
packaging and beverage cartons, and sales of
the paperboard picked up in 2009.
In recent years, product support with related
service has developed into an increasingly
important part of Iggesund Paperboard’s offer-
ing. This is designed to meet customers’
demands for shorter lead times and to enable
customers to improve their return through the
assistance of Iggesund Paperboard’s organisa-
tion for market-based technical service.
An example of product development: the new Invercote
I g g eS UnD P aPe r b o a rD
Strategic goals
Iggesund Paperboard aims to offer
performance products which
justify a higher market
price than bulk goods. This is
why Iggesund Paperboard must
be at the forefront of the technical
development of paperboard.
PrelImInary STUDy
a preliminary study is initiated to identify technical pos-
sibilities and limitations as well as required investments.
The study includes quantification of market trends and
estimated shifts in demand. estimates are pre-
pared to calculate the costs of the projects.
The core of the study was to be able to recreate all of
Invercote’s properties, despite the fundamental structur-
al change, while leaving scope for future development.
Customers’ requests were key factors in the study. The
development work took place at the Paperboard Devel-
opment Centre in Iggesund. The experience and know-
how built up over a long time enabled us to examine the
results of various pulp mixtures and recipes for coatings and
pigments.
ProjeCT anD PIloT TeST
after completion of the rebuilding project, work
starts on developing the new product and
pilot tests are carried out. Test printing on
key customers’ equipment and evaluation
with these customers are important steps
prior to product launch.
Firstly, the old Invercote was recreated, but with a new
structure. In parallel a new version of Invercote was devel-
oped with modified properties and new whiteness. Some of
the tests were performed on Iggesund’s own pilot coating equip-
ment. To verify the quality of the properties, the new Invercote was tested
extensively among customers and end users.
FInal ProDUCT
market
Iggesund Paperboard’s sales team
and market technicians identify what
the market demands from paperboard.
This information often has a bearing on
product properties and the customer’s
production economics and is
conveyed to the mills by teams of
market representatives and
product managers.
ProDUCT CoUnCIl
Iggesund Paperboard’s product
council identifies potential for
product development based on
strategic goals, market require-
ments and technical possibilities.
To create opportunities for further develop-
ment of Invercote, Iggesund Paperboard saw a
need to catapult production technology 20 years
into the future. This innovation was considered possible by creating
a type of paperboard made of three layers instead of the existing five
– without lowering performance. It was also important that the new
product’s properties were at least as good as those of the older
established grade of Invercote board.
DeCISIonS
Profitability analyses and techni-
cal prerequisites form the basis
of decisions.
The preliminary study led to a project
plan, which included rebuilding work on
one of the two board machines at Iggesund
Mill. Holmen decided to invest SEK 400 million
in the rebuilding of board machine 2.
laUnCH
after completing test printing and
obtaining feedback from key cus-
tomers, the product is ready for its
market launch.
The new Invercote is not simply as good as
the previous generation of the product. The
new version is whiter, more uniform in struc-
ture and has better colour reproduction proper-
ties. In conjunction with the launch, new customer
materials and a new website for paperboard users were introduced.
The company also organised major customer events, attracting partici-
pants from all over the world, to provide information about the new
product.
H o l m e n TIm b e r
Holmen Timber
Holmen Timber produces pine sawn timber at Iggesund Sawmill. The new Braviken
Sawmill for spruce construction timber is being built, and production is scheduled
to start at the turn of 2010/2011.
operations in 2009
The market for sawn timber was weak in the
early part of 2009 but gradually grew stronger
due to short supply. The prices of sawn timber
rose as of spring 2009, following the sharp
drop from peak prices in mid-2007.
Holmen Timber’s deliveries rose by 18 per
cent, to 313 000 cubic metres, as a result of
higher production at the sawmill in Iggesund.
Building of Holmen Timber’s new sawmill
at Braviken Paper Mill near Norrköping start-
ed in August. The majority of the equipment
and construction contract have been procured,
and ground work has started.
n Facts
Net sales, SEKm
Operating profit, SEKm
Investments, SEKm
Operating capital, SEKm
Average number of employees
Share of sales in Europe, %
Deliveries, ’000 m3
2009
2008
553
21
110
396
114
57
313
499
13
19
366
110
59
266
SEKm
200
SEKm
200
150
150
100
100
50
50
0
0
Operating profit
Operating profit
21
21
04
05
06
07
08
09
%
80
%
80
60
60
40
40
20
20
6.2
6.2
0
0
SEKm
800
600
400
200
0
08
05
06
07
Operating profit
04
Return on operating capital
Operating profit
Excl. items affecting comparability
Return on operating capital
Excl. items affecting comparability
09
Net sales and
operating margin
%
40
30
20
10
0
553
3.8
04
05
06
07
08
09
Net sales
Operating margin
Excl. items affecting comparability
2 0
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
capacity, production can be increased to
750 000 cubic metres in future. Production is
scheduled to start at the turn of 2010/2011,
and the customer base will consist of builders’
suppliers, planing mills and manufacturers of
buildings and roof trusses. Construction using
wood on a large scale is increasing in Europe
and worldwide. The main markets for products
from Braviken Sawmill will be Scandinavia and
the UK, although products will also be sold
elsewhere in Europe and in the USA.
The combination of Holmen Paper’s exist-
ing paper mill at Braviken and the new sawmill
will result in significant synergies, not only
through wood sourcing but also because the
sawmill can utilise the infrastructure already in
place at the site. It will also open the door to
efficient energy solutions, as the Group will
gain access to substantial supplies of biofuels
from the sawmill and forest fuels in connection
with harvesting. Excess heat from the paper
mill can also be used in drying the sawn spruce.
IGGESUND SAWMILL. Since 2002, production at
Iggesund Sawmill has risen by more than 50
per cent, to 291 000 cubic metres in 2009. This
growth is thanks to optimal utilisation of dry-
ing capacity and various investments, mainly in
a new grading unit and a new log infeed.
VALUE-ADDED PRODUCTS. Holmen Timber is
working on technical sales and product renewal
to increase sales of value-added products. These
products are classed as industrial wood and
account for around a third of total volume. The
product area for finger joint window compo-
nents continued to advance during the year. The
new production facilities at Braviken will make
Holmen Timber a one-stop supplier of con-
struction and joinery timber, reinforcing the
business area and providing synergies in logis-
tics and sales.
Recruitment of personnel began during the
year; the total number of employees is estimat-
ed at about 110.
Operating profit amounted to SEK 21 mil-
lion (13). Higher deliveries and lower raw
materials costs had a positive impact, although
the average price level was lower.
market
The consumption of sawn timber in Europe in
2009 amounted to just over 80 million cubic
metres, a decline from the preceding year. Sup-
ply was down more than demand, as a result of
high prices for and a shortage of raw materials,
sawmills’ difficulties in finding customers for
wood chips, and capacity cuts. As a result,
export prices – which fell in 2008 and early
2009 – rose during the second half of 2009.
The Swedish sawmill industry was not hit as
hard by the recession as its counterparts were
in other parts of Europe, such as Finland and
the Baltic countries. Although global consump-
tion decreased, export volumes from Sweden
rose in 2009, as a result of a better competitive
position thanks to the weaker Swedish krona
and the good supply of wood raw materials.
At present the European market is charac-
terised by low consumption and low stocks at
producers, importers and end customers. In the
longer term, consumption growth is expected
to continue as the economy recovers.
Holmen Timber’s share of the sawn timber
market in Europe is less than one per cent, and
the market is fragmented with numerous small
operators. Iggesund Sawmill saws pine, and its
customers are primarily in the joinery industry,
including manufacturers of window frames,
solid wooden floors and edge-glued panels, as
well as planing mills. The main markets are
Scandinavia, the UK, North Africa and the
Middle East. North Africa and the Middle East
were formerly supplementary markets but have
grown to be significant. Sales to these markets
take place via the sales company Uni4 Market-
ing, which is partly owned by Holmen Timber.
Development
BRAVIKEN SAWMILL. The plan is that the
new sawmill, which will be the largest in
Scan dinavia, will have capacity to produce
550 000 cubic metres of spruce construction
timber a year. By investing in greater drying
H o l m e n T i m b e r
breaking the ground
for braviken Sawmill
Capacity target:
750 000 cubic metres.
Product: Construction timber.
raw material required: 1.5
million cubic metres of spruce
saw timber.
main market: Europe.
employees: About 110 people.
Area: 40 hectares.
Start of production: Year-end
2010/2011.
more construction
using wood
In recent years, two thirds of
Sweden’s 290 municipalities
have started major construc-
tion projects using wood for
everything from blocks of flats
and public buildings, such as
sports halls, to entire town dis-
tricts. Nearly 120 wooden
bridges are built each year,
mainly for pedestrians and cy-
clists but also some for motor
vehicles. However, the biggest
increase is in use of wood for
extensions and additions,
where extra storeys are built
onto residential properties.
Modern wood construction is
climate smart and competes
with conventional techniques
with its rational methods, short
delivery times and better ener-
gy and climate solutions.
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
2 1
H o l m e n S k o g
Holmen Skog
Holmen Skog manages the Group’s forests, which cover more than one million
hectares of productive forestland in Sweden. The wood volume amounts to 119 million
forest cubic metres, making Holmen Sweden’s fourth largest forest owner.
operations in 2009
The Swedish forest industry’s demand for wood
fell dramatically at the end of 2008, and the
ongoing very low demand defined the first quar-
ter of 2009. Later in the spring, the situation
improved for the sawmills with a renewed
increase in the need for saw timber. This led to a
timber shortage during the autumn, because the
supply of wood did not rise at the same rate.
The situation for pulp and paper manufac-
turers gradually improved during the second
half of 2009, and demand for pulpwood
returned to normal levels. Stocks were relative-
ly low at year-end.
n Facts
Operating profit, SEKm
Investments, SEKm
2009
2008
605
69
632
21
Operating capital, SEKm
11 384 11 415
Average number of employees
446
413
Harvesting in company forests,
million m3
2.9
2.6
Productive forestland,
’000 hectares
1 032
1 033
Wood volume, million m3
119
118
SEKm
800
600
400
200
0
Operating profit
Harvesting
605
5.3
%
12
9
6
3
0
’000 m3
4 000
3 000
2 000
1 000
0
2 897
04
05
06
07
08
09
Operating profit
Return on operating capital
Excl. items affecting comparability
04
05
06
07
08
09
Harvesting in company forests
2 2
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
The access to forest fuel – mainly branches,
treetops and bark – generally remained good
throughout Sweden. Buyers were well supplied
in the second half of the year.
The prices of pulpwood and timber fell at
the start of the year. Pulpwood prices then
remained virtually unchanged, while timber
prices rose during the second half of the year as
a result of strong demand.
The prices of imported wood have varied
over time in the same way as prices in Sweden.
Exports of roundwood from Sweden were mar-
ginal.
Holmen Skog’s operating profit reached
SEK 605 million (632). The deterioration was
due to lower wood prices.
market
The Swedish forest industry consumes about
75 million cubic metres (m3sub – solid volume
under bark) of wood per year. Most of the wood
comes from forests in Sweden. Of the wood har-
vested in Sweden, saw timber accounts for
about 50 per cent, pulpwood about 40 per cent
and forest fuels roughly 10 per cent.
Competition for Swedish wood as a raw
material is increasing, partly because of rising
demand for biofuels used at thermal power
stations.
Wood supply
The Holmen Group’s Swedish facilities con-
sumed 4.1 million cubic metres of wood in
2009 (4.4 million in 2008).
Holmen Skog obtained 9.9 million (10.4)
cubic metres of wood, of which 5.6 million
(5.7) was sold to external customers.
The Group harvested 2.9 million cubic
metres (2.6) in its own forests.
Most of Holmen’s forests are located in
northern Sweden where the Group does not
have any industrial sites. Formerly, wood from
these forests was largely sold to local buyers.
Through logistical and swap arrangements,
Holmen is using more of this wood than previ-
ously in its own facilities, making it possible to
reduce the proportion of expensive imported
wood.
Braviken Sawmill, currently under construc-
tion, will use around 1.5 million cubic metres
of spruce saw timber once it has reached full
capacity. In preparation for this, Holmen Skog
has widened the area from which it obtains
wood for the Norrköping region and rein-
forced its organisation.
Development
INcREaSED HaRVESTING OPTIONS. A significant
proportion of the growth in Holmen’s forests
takes place in young forests that are not ready
for harvesting, so Holmen only harvests slightly
more than 80 per cent of annual growth. As
these young forests age, the extraction of wood
can be increased to the same level as growth.
The effects of the new silviculture pro-
gramme, first introduced in 2006, are also not-
able. It is estimated that the programme has the
potential to raise the growth rate in the Group’s
forests by about 25 per cent in 30 years’ time.
This also means that Holmen will be able to
increase harvesting by the same amount in
future.
The most important measures in the pro-
gramme are greater use of lodgepole pine,
forestland fertilisation, better seedlings and use
of spruce and pine seeds from seed orchards
where seed has been selected from trees with
exceptionally good properties.
NaTURE cONSERVaTION METHODS. Holmen is
working with researchers at the Swedish
University of Agricultural Sciences to develop
methods of nature conservation in forests. Vari-
ous ways of helping to increase the biological
values of forestland are being tested as part of
this collaboration.
GREaTER TRaNSPORT EFFIcIENcY. Holmen
expects to be able to reduce its energy con-
sumption in harvesting and transport of wood
by approximately 15 per cent in the next few
years. This is to be achieved through various
measures, including investment in harwarders –
a combined machine that uses less fuel than tra-
ditional forwarders and harvesters. To reduce
the number of transports, a project is being run
in which trucks are being modified to accom-
modate an extra stack of timber on the trailer.
MORE FOREST FUEl. Holmen Skog is helping to
develop technology for harvesting forest fuel in
response to the growing demand for this fuel.
Holmen has also reinforced its own organisa-
tion for extraction of and obtaining energy
assortment.
H o l m e n S k o g
Holmen’s
forest holdings
Holmen production facilities
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
2 3
H o l m e n en e r gI
Holmen Energi
Holmen Energi is responsible for the Group’s energy assets and energy supply.
Normal yearly hydro power production amounts to about 1 100 GWh of electricity
and con tributes to Holmen being one-third self-sufficient in electricity.
operations in 2009
Holmen Energi’s hydro power production
amounted to 1 090 GWh (1 128) during the
year, which was 2 per cent lower than during a
normal year. Operating profit amounted to
SEK 414 million (327), and the improvement
mainly stemmed from higher prices. During
the year, construction of the new hydro power
station on the Iggesundsån river was com-
pleted. The new power station replaces three
old ones and has been in operation since
November 2009.
n Facts
Operating profit, SEKm
Investments, SEKm
2009
2008
414
88
327
76
Operating capital, SEKm
3 207
3 006
Average number of employees
10
10
Company-generated
hydro power, GWh
1 090
1 128
SEKm
500
375
250
125
0
Operating profit
Production
%
16
414
13.3
12
8
4
0
GWh
1 600
1 200
800
400
0
1 090
04
05
06
07
08
09
Operating profit
Return on operating capital
04
05
06
07
08
09
Company-generated hydro power
2 4
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
market
A total of 134 TWh of electricity was generated
in Sweden during the year, 66 TWh of which
came from hydro power. The hydrological bal-
ance, that is, the quantity of water stored in the
Nordic countryside, was somewhat lower at
year-end 2009 than at year-end 2008. The spot
price fluctuated during the year, from
SEK 350/MWh in May, to SEK 500/MWh in
December. The average spot price in Sweden
for 2009 was SEK 393/MWh.
energy supply
Holmen Energi is in charge of supplying
Holmen’s Swedish mills with electricity. The
Group’s total consumption amounted to
4 680 GWh in 2009 (5 156) – mostly used by
its Swedish paper mills. Holmen’s own produc-
tion, at its 21 wholly and partly owned hydro
power stations and back pressure power pro-
duction at the company’s large mills, corre-
sponds to more than 30 per cent of the Group’s
electricity consumption in Sweden; the remain-
der is purchased.
The Group’s exposure to fluctuations in
electricity prices is limited through long-term,
fixed-price supply agreements, complemented
with financial price hedges (see page 64). The
company’s own electricity production is priced
at market prices and reduces the Group’s need
to buy electricity externally.
Development
New sources of eNergy. Holmen Energi also
has responsibility for energy development in a
broader sense. As part of this mandate, in 2009
Holmen set up a unit for competence and
development in biorefining and biofuels for
vehicles and other applications: the Holmen
Biorefinery Development Centre. It has three
employees and is located in Iggesund.
Wind power and peat harvesting are other
key development areas, as is investigation of
possible pellets production. The aim is to pro-
duce 1 TWh of electricity from wind power in
future. Unlike existing wind power stations,
which are often located in coastal or mountain-
ous areas, the sites that Holmen Energi is explor-
ing are situated in forested areas on Holmen’s
own land. Forestry operations within wind
farms will continue more or less as normal.
In 2009, wind power studies were conduct-
ed on Holmen’s land in the area around
Örnsköldsvik and near the mill in Hallstavik.
The measuring activities are expected to be
completed in the spring of 2010. With the help
of a partner, preliminary wind power studies
were conducted on Holmen’s land in the prov-
ince of Östergötland.
eNergy cooPerATIoN. In association with a
number of electricity-intensive companies,
Holmen runs a company called BasEl i Sverige
AB, whose purpose is to improve basic industries’
access to electricity at competitive prices. In 2006
some of these companies, including Holmen, set
up VindIn AB, a company that aims to develop,
construct and operate wind power stations in
Scandinavia. VindIn’s goal is to generate 1 TWh
of electricity from wind power stations each year.
The first wind farm is located at Skutskär and has
been in use since October 2009. Further invest-
ments via VindIn are being investigated.
In collaboration with four other BasEl com-
panies, Holmen has founded a company called
Industrikraft i Sverige AB to enable construc-
tion of its own nuclear power facilities. To this
end, a letter of intent was signed with the
power utility Vattenfall during the autumn to
proceed with projects to secure future baseload
power that does not use fossil fuels.
PeAT hArvesTINg. During the autumn, the first
deliveries of peat were made from Holmen’s
site at Stormyran, north of Örnsköldsvik. Peat
consists of plant material that, owing to a lack
of oxygen, has only partly decomposed into
moss and marsh. The incomplete breakdown
means that much of the energy content of the
biological material is retained, enabling peat to
be used as fuel. Peat harvesting provides a way
of utilising several of the value-creating
resources that the Group has at its disposal.
Stormyran’s annual future production is esti-
mated at 70 GWh.
eNergy sAvINgs. Responsibility for improving
energy efficiency is decentralised to the mills
but coordinated centrally. The new thermo-
mechanical pulp (TMP) line at Braviken,
launched at the end of 2008, has already led
to significant energy savings. At Iggesund Mill,
investments have considerably reduced oil
consumption, and bioenergy now accounts for
95 per cent of the mill’s internally generated
electricity supply.
H o l m e n e n e r g i
Faxälven
Umeälven
Gideälven
Iggesundsån
Ljusnan
Motala Ström
Hydro power stations
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
2 5
P r oD U C T Io n a nD r a W m a Te rIa lS
Production and raw materials
Holmen manufactures its printing paper, paperboard and sawn timber products in
Sweden, the UK and Spain. The Group’s forest holdings and wholly and partly owned
hydro power stations are located in Sweden. The figures shown here relate to 2009.
Self-sufficiency – energy and fibre
About 60 per cent of the wood required
an nually by the Group is harvested in the
company’s forests.
The Group’s self-sufficiency in electricity is
just over 30 per cent, including the power gen-
erated at the major mills. More than 70 per
cent of the thermal energy used in applications
such as the drying processes when making
paper and paperboard as well as sawn wood is
based on residual products from the company’s
production processes. At Hallsta Paper Mill,
virgin fibre is the only raw material used in pro-
duction, while Braviken Mill uses both virgin
fibre and recovered paper. Production at
Holmen Paper Madrid is based solely on re -
covered paper.
The paperboard mills only use virgin fibre.
n Hallsta Paper mill
n braviken Paper mill
n Holmen Paper madrid
Holmen Paper
raw material: Sprucewood.
Process: TMP and groundwood pulp.
Products: Newsprint, MF Magazine, SC paper and
book paper.
Production capacity: 680 000 tonnes/year.
average no. of employees: 783.
Holmen Paper
raw material: Sprucewood, recovered paper.
Process: TMP and DIP.
Products: Newsprint, coloured newsprint,
directory paper and MF Magazine.
Production capacity: 790 000 tonnes/year.
average no. of employees: 652.
Holmen Paper
raw material: Recovered paper.
Process: DIP.
Products: Newsprint, MF Magazine and LWC
Recycled.
Production capacity: 470 000 tonnes/year.
average no. of employees: 38.
2 6
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
P r oD U C T Io n a nD r a W m a Te rIa lS
Internal supply
of raw materials
Harvesting in company forests
Timber, ’000 m3 sub
Pulpwood, ’000 m3 sub
Hydro power production, GWh
Holmen Holmen
energi
Skog
group
1 406
1 491
1 090
1 406
1 491
-
-
-
1 090
Production, ’000 tonnes
group Hallsta braviken madrid Wargön
Iggesund
Iggesund
mill Workington Sawmill
Newsprint, standard
MF Special
SC paper
Coated printing paper
Paperboard
Market pulp
Sawn timber, ’000 m3
Consumption
of important input goods*
Wood, ’000 m3 sub
Recycled fibre, ’000 tonnes
Market pulp, ’000 tonnes
Chemicals, fillers and
pigment, ’000 tonnes
Electric energy, GWh
Thermal energy, GWh
823
679
137
75
471
48
291
4 480
813
128
320
4 296
884
62
433
137
-
-
-
-
1 265
-
41
92
1 849
-
479
229
-
-
-
-
-
1 024
340
2
57
1 589
-
282
17
-
75
-
-
-
-
473
-
50
246
360
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
11
13
-
-
-
-
254
48
-
1 378
-
-
72
256
-
-
-
-
-
217
-
-
400
-
85
49
326
511
-
-
-
-
-
-
291
656
-
-
0
19
-
* Purchased from outside the production unit. Energy calculated in Madrid’s case takes account of 50 per cent interest in the
Cogeneración unit for the production of electricity and thermal energy. The Group’s consumption of wood is computed net,
taking account of internal deliveries of chips from Iggesund Sawmill to Iggesund Mill.
energy balance, gWh
electric energy
Consumption at mills
Production at mills*
Company-generated hydro power
Net
Thermal energy
Consumption at mills
Production at mills from
recovered liquors, bark and wood residues
purchased fossil fuels*
recovered in the TMP process
External deliveries
Net
-4 680
384
1 090
-3 206
-5 634
2 916
1 097
1 093
115
-413
* Incl. Holmen’s 50 per cent interest in Cogeneración, Spain
Fibre balance
Wood, ’000 m3 sub
Consumption in Sweden
Consumption in the UK
Harvesting in company forests
Net
recovered paper, ’000 tonnes
Consumption in Sweden
Consumption in Spain
Pulp, ’000 tonnes
Consumption at mills
Production at mills
External deliveries
Net
-4 080
-400
2 897
-1 583
-340
-473
-2 134
2 006
48
-80
Sensitivity analysis of
raw materials
Wood, recovered paper, en-
ergy and chemicals account
for Holmen’s principal pro-
duction costs.
Cost trends are mainly
determined by trends in the
prices of input goods and
how well the Group increas-
es production efficiency.
A one percentage point
change in raw materials
costs is estimated to have
the following impact on con-
solidated operating profit:
raw material
costs
Wood, net
Recovered paper
Pulp
Electric energy, net
Other energy
Chemicals
Sekm
Impact on
the result
9
8
1
11
4
14
A one percentage point re-
duction in the cost of wood
would thus raise operating
profit by roughly SEK 9 mil-
lion, after taking account of
the company’s own wood
production.
This estimate does not
consider existing electricity
price hedges.
For a more detailed sensi-
tivity analysis, see the admin-
istration report on page 47.
n Iggesund mill
n Workington mill
n Iggesund Sawmill
Iggesund Paperboard
raw material: Softwood and hardwood pulpwood.
Process: Sulphate pulp.
Products: Solid bleached board, plastic coated.
paperboard and sulphate pulp.
Production capacity: 330 000 tonnes/year (Paperboard).
average no. of employees: 935.
Iggesund Paperboard
raw material: Sprucewood and purchased
sulphate pulp.
Process: RMP.
Product: Folding boxboard.
Production capacity: 200 000 tonnes/year.
average no. of employees: 483.
Holmen Timber
raw material: Pine saw logs.
Process: Sawmilling.
Products: Redwood sawn timber.
Production capacity: 340 000 m3/year.
average no. of employees: 99.
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
2 7
T He S Ha r e a nD S Ha r eHo lDe rS
The share and shareholders
Holmen was listed on the Stockholm Stock Exchange in 1936, but was called
Mo och Domsjö AB at that time. The class A and B shares are listed on Nasdaq
OMX Nordic, Large Cap, Stockholm.
Stock exchange trading
Holmen’s two series of shares are listed on Nas-
daq OMX Nordic, Large Cap. During the year,
the price of Holmen’s class B shares fell by
SEK 10.5 (5 per cent), to SEK 183. During the
same period the Stockholm stock exchange
rose by 50 per cent. Holmen’s market capitali-
sation of SEK 15 billion (16) represents some
0.4 per cent of the Stockholm stock exchange’s
total value. Holmen’s class B shares reached their
highest closing price for the year, SEK 205.5,
on 28 August and the lowest closing price,
SEK 135, was recorded on 1 April. The daily
average number of class B shares traded was
361 000, which corresponds to a value of
SEK 65 million. The daily average number of
class A shares traded was 400. Some 90 per cent
of the trade took place on Nasdaq OMX Nor-
dic. For the past year or two, the Holmen share
has also been traded on other trading platforms
besides the Nasdaq OMX Nordic exchange,
such as BATS, Burgundy, Chi-X and Turquoise.
return
During the past decade, the Holmen share has
yielded a total return, including reinvested divi-
dends, of around 3 per cent per year. During
that same period, the Affärsvärlden General
Index returned 2 per cent per year.
SEK
450
400
350
300
250
200
150
100
Share price performance for
Holmen class A and B and General index
No of
shares
(000s)
30 000
25 000
20 000
15 000
10 000
5 000
0
05
06
07
08
09
Holmen class A
Holmen class B
Affärsvärlden General index
Number of class B shares traded (000s)
2 8
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
Total return of Holmen class B and General index
Incl. reinvested dividends, no tax taken into account
Index
225
200
175
150
125
100
75
50
25
i
n
W
o
c
E
s
r
e
t
u
e
R
:
e
c
r
u
o
S
i
c
d
r
o
N
X
M
O
q
a
d
s
a
N
d
n
a
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
Holmen class B
General index (SIX Return Index)
T He S Ha r e a nD S Ha r eHo lDe rS
Share structure
Share
A
B
Total number of shares
Holding of own B shares bought back
Votes
10
1
no. of
shares
no. of Quota
value
votes
22 623 234
62 132 928
84 756 162
-760 000
226 232 340
62 132 928
288 365 268
-760 000
50
50
Sekm
1 131.2
3 106.6
4 237.8
Total number of shares outstanding
83 996 162
287 605 268
Issued call options b shares
758 300
Changes in share capital
2000–2009
2001 Withdrawal of shares bought back
Change in
no. of shares
Total no. Change in share
of shares
Total share
capital, Sekm capital, Sekm
-8 885 827 79 972 451
2004 Conversion and subscription
4 783 711 84 756 162
Shareholder structure at 31 December 2009
L E Lundbergföretagen
Kempe Foundations
Handelsbanken incl. pension fund
Silchester International Investors
Alecta
Swedbank Robur funds
Second Swedish National Pension fund
SHB funds
Lannebo funds
SEB funds
Other
-444.3
239.2
3 998.6
4 237.8
% of capital
% of votes
28.0
7.0
3.1
10.9
3.2
1.7
1.2
1.1
1.1
1.1
41.6
52.0
16.9
9.1
3.2
0.9
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.3
16.1
Total*
100.0
100.0
* of which non-Swedish shareholders
The ten identified shareholders with the largest holdings ranked by the number of votes they control.
Some large shareholders may have their holdings registered under nominee names, in which case they are
included among “Other”.
26.8
8.0
earnings per share (ePS)
Diluted earnings per share equalled SEK 12.0
(7.6). Holmen’s diluted earnings per share aver-
aged SEK 13.9 over the past five years.
Dividend
The Board proposes that the AGM, to be held
on 24 March 2010, resolves to lower the divi-
dend to SEK 7 (9) per share. The proposed divi-
dend corresponds to 4 per cent of equity. The
proposal to reduce the dividend is due to the
lower profitability in the industry, chiefly for
paper products. The Group is also implement-
ing investments, such as building a new saw-
mill. Decisions on dividends are based on an
appraisal of the Group’s profitability, future
investment plans and financial position.
n
The final date for trading in Holmen shares
including right to dividend: 24 March 2010
n
Record date for dividend: 29 March 2010
n
Payment date for dividend: 1 April 2010
Share structure
Holmen has 83 996 162 shares outstanding, of
which 22 623 234 are class A shares and
61 372 928 are class B shares. Each class A
share carries ten votes, and each B share one
vote. In other respects, the shares carry the
same rights.
ownership structure
Holmen had a total of 30 425 shareholders at
year-end 2009. In absolute numbers, Swedish
private individuals made up the largest category
of owners: 27 497 shareholders. This corre-
sponds to 90 per cent of the total number of
n ownership structure
Shareholder categories
Percentage of capital
Shareholders per country
Percentage of capital
no. of shares
1 – 1 000
1 001 – 100 000
100 001 –
Total
no. of Percentage
of shares
shareholders
27 988
2 356
81
30 425
7
18
75
100
Foreign shareholders
Swedish institutions
Luxembourg
27
51
Norway
USA
UK
Sweden
1
2
4
6
14
73
Other countries
Swedish
equity funds
6
16
Swedish
private individuals
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
2 9
T H E S H A R E A N D S H A R E H O L D E R S
the company’s shares. Shares were bought back
in 2008 to secure the company’s commitments
under the terms of the incentive scheme (see
below). In total, 760 000 of the company’s class
B shares were repurchased, corresponding to
some 0.9 per cent of the total number of shares
on issue and to some 0.3 per cent of the total
number of votes. The Board proposes that the
2010 AGM also authorises the Board to buy
back and transfer up to 10 per cent of all shares
in the company.
Incentive scheme
In 2008, the Group’s employees were invited to
acquire call options on class B shares in Holmen
at market price. As a result, 1 492 of the Group’s
approximately 4 800 employees bought a total
of 758 300 call options at a price of SEK 20 per
option; their exercise price is SEK 224.50 per
share. Each option entitles the holder to pur-
chase one share during the exercise period in
May/June 2013. Holmen has secured its com-
mitments in the scheme by buying back shares.
Analysts
Analysts at 15 brokerage firms and banks
moni tor Holmen’s development. This means
that they publish reports containing analyses
of Holmen on an ongoing basis. A list of these
analysts is available on Holmen’s website.
About 350 shareholders, represent-
ing 87 per cent of the votes, attend-
ed Holmen’s 2009 AGM.
shareholders. L E Lundbergföretagen AB is the
largest shareholder, with 52 per cent of the votes.
Shareholders registered in Sweden own 73 per
cent (72) of the share capital. Among foreign
shareholders, the largest proportion of shares are
held in the UK and the USA, accounting for 14
per cent and 6 per cent of the capital, respectively.
Share buy-back
The 2009 Annual General Meeting renewed the
Board’s mandate to acquire up to 10 per cent of
Data per share
Diluted earnings per share, SEK 1)
Dividend, ordinary, SEK
Dividend, extra, SEK
Ordinary dividend as % of:
Equity
Closing listed price
Profit for the year
Return, equity, % 1)
Return, capital employed, % 6)
Equity per share, SEK
Closing listed price, B, SEK
Average listed price, B, SEK
Highest listed price, B, SEK
Lowest listed price, B, SEK
Total closing market capitalisation, SEK ’000 million
P/E-ratio 2)
EV/EBIT 3) 6)
Closing beta value (48 months), B 4)
Number of shareholders at year-end
2009
12.0
2008
7.6
2007
17.8
7 5)
-
9
-
12
-
2006
2005
2004
2003
2002
2001
2000
17.2
12
-
14.8
11
-
15.1
10
-
17.5
10
30
23.6
11
-
26.4
10
-
44.7
9
60
4
4
58
6
7
196
183
180
205.5
135
15.4
15
13
0.7
4
3
20
24
15
213
280
241
320
191.5
22.7
6
10
0.8
30 425 29 745 30 499 32 189 33 320 36 899 30 902 28 544 27 279 26 355
5
5
118
4
6
186
193.5
203
242
169.5
16.2
25
17
0.5
5
4
55
10
12
192
255.5
230
271
187.5
20.4
14
10
0.7
6
5
45
14
16
188
211.5
231
266.5
192
16.9
9
8
0.6
6
4
70
9
10
196
298
302
335.5
255
25.3
17
14
1.0
6
4
37
16
18
176
238.5
226
297.5
171
19
9
7
0.7
6
4
74
8
9
189
262.5
227
266
190
22.6
18
15
0.7
6
5
67
9
10
200
240
277
316
228
20.6
13
12
0.9
6
4
66
8
10
184
230
228
264
210
19.5
15
12
0.6
1) See page 88: Definitions and glossary. 2) Closing listed price divided by earnings per share. 3) Closing market capitalisation plus financial net debt (EV) divided by operat-
ing profit (EBIT). 4) Measures the sensitivity of the yield on the B share in relation to the yield on the Affärsvärlden General Index over a period of 48 months. 5) Proposal of
the Board. 6) Excl. items affecting comparability and divested activities.
3 0
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
Corporate governance report
C o rPo r a Te goVe r n a nCe rePo r T
Holmen AB is a Swedish public limited company, listed on the Stockholm Stock Exchange
(Nasdaq OMX Nordic) since 1936. The stock exchange incorporated the Swedish Code of
Corporate Governance (the Code) into its rules for listed companies in 2005. This corpo-
rate governance report complies with the rules of the Code and the directions for its appli-
cation. The corporate governance report has not been examined by the company’s auditor.
Swedish Code of Corporate
governance
The Code’s rules from 2005 were revised in
2008 and cover general meetings of sharehold-
ers, appointment of the Board and auditors,
other aspects of the Board, company manage-
ment and information on corporate governance.
The Code is part of self-regulation in Swe-
dish business and is based on the “comply or
explain” principle. This means that a company
complying with the Code may deviate from
individual rules but must report the reasons for
each deviation.
laws and articles of association
First, Holmen AB is obliged to comply with the
Swedish Companies Act, the rules accompany-
ing its listing on Nasdaq OMX Nordic, Stock-
holm, and good stock market practice. The
Code is an integral part of the stock exchange’s
regulations. Holmen shall also comply with the
company’s articles of association.
Shareholders
At year-end, Holmen AB had 30 425 sharehold-
ers. See pages 28–30 for information on the
share, ownership structure and other details.
general meetings of shareholders
The notice convening the Annual General Meet-
ing (AGM) is sent no earlier than six and no later
than four weeks before the meeting. The notice
contains information about registering intention
to attend and entitlement to participate in and
vote at the meeting, a numbered agenda of the
items to be addressed, information on the pro-
posed dividend and the basic content of other
proposals. Shareholders or proxies are entitled
to vote for the full number of shares owned or
represented and can notify the company of their
intention to attend the AGM via the company’s
website and other means.
Notices convening an Extraordinary Gener-
al Meeting (EGM) called to deal with the com-
pany’s articles of association shall be sent no
earlier than six and no later than four weeks
before the meeting. Notices convening other
EGMs shall be sent no earlier than six and no
later than two weeks before the meeting.
Proposals for submission to the meeting
should be addressed to the Board and submit-
ted in good time before the notice is distributed.
Information about the rights of shareholders to
have matters discussed at the meeting is provid-
ed on the website.
The 2009 AGM was held in Swedish, and the
material presented was in Swedish. The notice
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
3 1
C o r P o r a T e g o V e r n a n C e r e P o r T
Composition of the nomination committee
representing
2009
2010
company
major
shareholders
before agm:
Independent of the:
name
Per Welin
L E Lundbergföretagen*
x (Chairman)
Mats Guldbrand
L E Lundbergföretagen*
x (Chairman)
Alice Kempe
Kempe Foundations*
Fredrik Lundberg
Håkan Sandberg
L E Lundbergföretagen*
(Board Chaiman)
Handelsbanken incl.
pension fund*
x
x
x
x
x
x
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
* At 31 August 2009, L E Lundbergföretagen controlled 52.0 per cent of the votes, the Kempe Foundations
controlled 16.9 per cent and Handelsbanken including the pension fund controlled 9.1 per cent.
convening the meeting, the agenda, the CEO’s
speech and the minutes are available on the web-
site. The entire Board, the Group management
and the company’s auditor were present. At the
meeting, shareholders had the opportunity to
ask and receive answers to questions on issues
such as Holmen’s environmental work, the pro-
posed dividend, the plans to take part in possible
future nuclear power expansion, market trends
in 2009, Holmen Paper’s efficiency improvement
programme and the new Braviken Sawmill.
Ossian Ekdahl from Första AP-fonden and Åsa
Nisell from Swedbank Robur Fonder checked
and approved the minutes of the meeting. It was
not possible to follow or participate in the meet-
ing from other locations using communication
technology. No such possibility is planned for
the 2010 meeting either.
It was announced on 11 May 2009 that the
2010 AGM would take place in Stockholm on
24 March 2010.
Shareholders’
general meeting
Shareholders
nomination
committee
board of
Directors*
remuneration com-
mittee
Ceo
Five group
staff units
group
management
Five business areas
* The audit committee comprises all Board members except for members
employed in the company.
s
r
o
t
i
d
u
a
3 2
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
nomination committee
The AGM decided to set up a nomination com-
mittee to consist of the chairman of the Board
and one representative from each of the three
shareholders in the company that control the
most votes at 31 August each year. Prior to the
2009 AGM, the nomination committee consist-
ed of Per Welin (L E Lundbergföretagen), Alice
Kempe (Kempe Foundations), Håkan Sandberg
(Handelsbanken incl. pension fund) and
Fredrik Lundberg (Board chairman). Member-
ship of the committee prior to the 2010 AGM is
unchanged, except Mats Guldbrand has
replaced Per Welin as the representative of L E
Lundbergföretagen. Mats Guldbrand is chair-
man of the nomination committee in the run-
up to the 2010 AGM. The majority of the com-
mittee members are independent of the compa-
ny and its management. Two are independent
of the shareholder controlling the most votes,
namely L E Lundbergföretagen. One member is
a Board member.
The nomination committee’s mandate is to
submit proposals for election of Board mem-
bers and the Board chairman, for the Board fee
and auditing fees and, where applicable, for
election of auditors. The committee’s proposals
are presented in the notice convening the AGM.
For the 2010 AGM, the nomination com-
mittee proposes the re-election of Fredrik
Lundberg (also proposed for re-election as
Board chairman), Carl Bennet, Magnus Hall,
Carl Kempe, Curt Källströmer, Hans Larsson,
Ulf Lundahl and Göran Lundin. Lilian Fossum
has declined re-election. The nomination com-
mittee also proposes to the AGM that Louise
Lindh be elected to the Board as a new member.
The proposed Board fee is SEK 2 475 000,
including SEK 550 000 for the chairman and
SEK 275 000 for each of the other members.
These are the same fees as in the preceding year.
The CEO does not receive a Board fee.
Composition of the board
The members of the Board are elected each year
by the AGM for the period until the end of the
next AGM. There is no rule regarding the maxi-
mum period a Board member may serve.
The 2009 AGM re-elected Fredrik Lund-
berg, Lilian Fossum, Magnus Hall, Carl Kempe,
Curt Källströmer, Hans Larsson, Ulf Lundahl
and Göran Lundin to the Board. Carl Bennet
was elected to the Board to replace Bengt
As defined by the Code, seven AGM-elected
Hans Larsson
Member
Pettersson, who declined re-election. Fredrik
Lundberg was elected chairman. At the statu-
tory first meeting of the new Board in 2009,
Carl Kempe was elected deputy chairman and
Lars Ericson, the company’s general counsel
was appointed secretary of the Board. Over and
above the nine members elected by the AGM,
the local labour organisations have a statutory
right to appoint three members and three depu-
ty members.
members are deemed independent of the com-
pany. Of these, five are also deemed independ-
ent of the company’s major shareholders and
satisfy all the criteria for experience. The largest
shareholders, each controlling more than 10
per cent of the votes, are L E Lundbergföreta-
gen and the Kempe Foundations. The CEO is
the only Board member with an executive posi-
tion in the company.
Information about the members of the
Board is provided on pages 36–37.
The board’s activities
The Board held nine meetings in 2009, four in
connection with the company’s publication of its
quarterly reports. At one of these meetings the
Board visited Iggesund Mill and Iggesund Saw-
mill. A two-day meeting was devoted to strategic
business planning, and one meeting to the
Group’s budget for 2010. The other two meet-
ings were held in conjunction with the AGM.
During the year the Board paid special attention
to strategic, financial and accounting issues,
follow-up of business operations and major
investment matters. On two occasions the com-
pany’s auditors reported directly to the Board,
presenting their observations from their audit of
the final accounts and the company’s internal
control system. Attendance levels were very
high; two members were not able to come to one
Board meeting each. The activities of the Board
follow a plan that intends to ensure that the
Board obtains all requisite information. Each
year the Board decides on written working pro-
cedures and issues written instructions relating
to the division of responsibilities between the
Board and the CEO and the information that the
Board is to receive continually on financial
developments and other key events.
Employees of the company participate in
Board meetings to submit reports. The secretary
of the Board is the company’s general counsel.
C o rPo r a Te goVe r n a nCe rePo r T
board members as from the 2009 agm
name
Function
elected
Committees*
Independent of the: attendance
company
major
shareholders
at board
meetings
board members
Fredrik Lundberg Chairman
1988
Remuneration
committee
No
No
9/9
Dep. Chairman 1983
Carl Kempe
Carl Bennet
Lilian Fossum
Member
Member
Curt Källströmer
Member
Ulf Lundahl
Göran Lundin
Magnus Hall
Total
Member
Member
Member,
president
and CEO
2009
2004
2006
1990
2004
2001
2004
Remuneration
committee
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
7/9
9/9
9/9
9/9
9/9
8/9
8/9
9/9
9/9
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
6/9
representatives of the employees
Steewe Björklundh Member
Kenneth Johansson Member
Karin Norin
Member
1998
2004
1999
Stig Jacobsson
Dep. member 2004
Andreas Rastbäck Dep. member 2008
Tommy Åsenbrygg Dep. member 2009
* The entire Board, except for members employed in the company, form the audit committee.
The Board evaluates its activities each year,
and the nomination committee has been
informed of the content of the 2009 evaluation.
This will serve as a basis for planning the
Board’s work in the next few years.
group management
The Board has delegated operative responsibility
for management of the company and the Group to
the CEO. The Board annually decides on instruc-
tions covering the distribution of responsibilities
between the Board and the CEO.
Holmen’s Group management consists of 11 indi-
viduals: the CEO, the heads of the five business
areas and the heads of the five Group staffs units.
Group management met on 11 occasions in
2009, dealing with matters such as earnings
trends and reports before and after Board meet-
ings, business plans, budget, investments, inter-
nal control, policies and reviews of market con-
ditions, general development of the economy
and other external factors affecting the business.
Projects relating to business areas and Group
staff units were also discussed and decided on.
Information on the CEO and other members
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
3 3
C o rPo r a Te goVe r n a nCe rePo r T
results,
reporting,
follow-up
of Group management is provided on
page 38.
business processes
business plan, budget,
forecasts and action plans
Internal manage-
ment processes
Management at
business concept, strategy and goals
Internal management processes
Holmen is based on
the business con-
cept, strategies
and goals of
the Group
and the
business
areas. The CEO and Group management are
accountable to the Board and are responsible
for the operational activities, which are decen-
tralised to five business areas. The Group staff
units are in charge of coordinating certain mat-
ters, such as business administration and
finance, human resources, legal affairs, techno-
logy and public relations.
The Group uses annual, rolling, three-year
business plans to break down goals and strat-
egies into action plans and activities that can be
measured and evaluated. These business plans
are important to the long-term strategic control
of the Group. The Group also uses annual budg-
ets, forecasts and action plans for its day-to-day
management of operations.
Various business processes, such as sales, pur-
chasing and production, are used to manage
operational activities at business area level with a
view to achieving the business targets and imple-
menting the agreed action plans.
The results are followed up through regular
financial reports, and approved measures are
reviewed through additional follow-ups.
remuneration
The Board has appointed a remuneration com-
mittee consisting of Fredrik Lundberg and
Hans Larsson. The committee held several
informal meetings during the year at which it
prepared matters pertaining to the remunera-
tion and other employment conditions of the
CEO and submitted proposals to the Board.
Remuneration and other employment condi-
tions of senior management who report directly
to the CEO are decided by the latter in accord-
ance with a pay policy established by the remu-
neration committee.
The Group applies the principle that each
3 4
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
manager’s manager must approve decisions on
remuneration in consultation with the relevant
personnel manager.
At the 2009 AGM, the Board chairman gave
an account of the Board’s proposed guidelines
on remuneration to the CEO and other members
of senior management. The AGM adopted the
guidelines in the proposal. Information on the
Board’s proposal to the 2010 AGM for guide-
lines on remuneration to the CEO and other
members of senior management is presented in
the administration report on page 49.
The 2009 AGM approved the Board fee and
payment of the auditors’ fee as invoiced.
In 2008, the Group’s employees were invited
to acquire call options on class B shares in
Holmen at market price. One third of all
employees then bought a total of 758 300 call
options. Holmen’s commitments pursuant to
this scheme were secured by buying back some
of the company’s own shares. See the section on
the share and shareholders on pages 28–30 for
more details. The 2009 AGM renewed the
Board’s authorisation to decide on buying back
up to 10 per cent of the company’s total shares.
No buy-backs took place in 2009.
Information about remuneration is provided
in note 5 on pages 66–67.
audit
KPMG, which has been Holmen’s auditor since
1995, was elected by the 2008 AGM as auditor
for a period of four years. KPMG has since
appointed George Pettersson, authorised public
accountant, as the principal auditor for Holmen.
KPMG audits Holmen AB and almost all of its
subsidiaries.
The interim accounts are examined for the
January–September period. The examination of
internal procedures and control systems begins
in the second quarter and is thereafter ongoing
to year-end. The examination and audit of the
final annual accounts and the annual report
take place in January–February. The interim
report for January–September is subject to
review by the auditors.
Holmen’s audit committee comprises all
Board members except for members employed
in the company, that is, the CEO and employee
representatives.
The Board’s reporting instructions include a
requirement that the members of the Board
shall receive a report each year from the audi-
tors on whether the company’s organisation is
structured to enable satisfactory supervision of
accounting, management of funds and other
aspects of the company’s financial circum-
stances. In 2009 the auditors reported to the
entire Board at two meetings. Over and above
this, the auditors reported to the Board chair-
man and the CEO on two occasions and to the
CEO at another meeting.
In addition to the audit assignment, Holmen
has consulted KPMG on matters pertaining to
taxation, accounting and investigations, and in
some countries also on matters of business law.
The remuneration paid to KPMG for 2009 is
stated in note 6 on page 67. KPMG is required
to assess its independence before making deci-
sions on whether to provide Holmen with inde-
pendent advice alongside its audit assignment.
Internal control
This section contains the Board’s annual pres-
entation of how the internal control system is
organised insofar as it relates to financial
reporting. The presentation is based on the
rules in the Code and the guidelines drawn up
by working groups in the Confederation of
Swedish Enterprise and FAR SRS (the organisa-
tion for highly qualified professionals in the
accountancy sector in Sweden).
The Board’s responsibility for internal con-
trol is laid out in the Swedish Companies Act,
and internal control related to financial report-
ing is covered by the Board’s reporting instruc-
tions to the CEO. Holmen’s financial reporting
complies with the laws and rules that apply to
companies listed on the Stockholm stock
exchange and the local rules in each country
where it operates. In addition to external rules
and recommendations, financial reporting is also
covered by internal instructions, directions and
systems, as well as internal delegation of roles
and responsibilities with the object of ensuring
sound internal control over financial reporting.
Financial reports are prepared quarterly and
monthly in the Group and its business areas,
units and subsidiaries. Forecasts and extensive
analyses, along with comments, are provided in
connection with the reports to help ensure the
accuracy of the financial reports. Financial func-
tions and controllers with functional responsi-
bility for accounting, reporting and analysis of
financial developments operate at Group level,
at business area level and at all major units.
The audit includes the annual statutory
audit of Holmen AB’s annual report, the statu-
tory audit of the parent company and all sub-
sidiaries (where so required), the audit of inter-
nal reporting packages, an audit of the final
accounts and a review of one interim report.
The audit process also includes reviews of the
internal control system.
Holmen’s internal control activities aim to
ensure that the Group lives up to its objectives
for financial reporting (see box). These activi-
ties are based on a common set of instructions
and common checklists for key procedures and
processes for the Group’s financial reporting.
The structure adheres to guidelines issued by
the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of
the Treadway Commission (COSO) for small
listed companies in respect of internal control
over financial reporting. COSO’s guidelines
contain 20 principles in five areas: control envi-
ronment, risk assessment, control activities,
information and communication, and follow-
up. They have been modified to suit the
assessed needs of Holmen’s various operations.
Holmen’s greatest risks regarding financial
reporting are linked to the measurement (valu-
ation) of biological assets and property, plant
and equipment, as well as being linked to finan-
cial transactions.
Holmen has no separate internal auditing
function. The Board does not consider that spe-
cific circumstances in the business or other condi-
tions exist that justify setting up such a function.
In 2008 the company introduced a type of audit
procedure whereby experienced accountants and
controllers in the Group visit other Group units
and examine their internal control procedures.
These activities were successful and were there-
fore also conducted in 2009.
Investor relations
Holmen’s information to shareholders and
other stakeholders is provided in the annual
report, the year-end and interim reports, press
releases, the sustainability report Holmen and
its World, and the shareholders’ magazine
Holmen Business Report, all of which are avail-
able on the company’s website. The website
also contains presentation materials for recent
years and information on corporate govern-
ance. The provision of information by the com-
pany complies with an information policy
established by the Board.
C o rPo r a Te goVe r n a nCe rePo r T
objectives of Holmen’s
financial reporting
Holmen’s external financial
reporting shall:
• be correct and complete,
and comply with appli cable
laws, regulations and
recommendations
• providea true and fair de-
scription of the company’s
business
• support a reasoned and
informed valuation of the
business.
Internal financial reporting
shall, over and above these
three objectives, support cor-
rect business decisions at all
levels in the Group.
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
3 5
b o a r D o F D I r e C T o r S
Board of directors
Ulf Lundahl
Curt Källströmer
Hans Larsson
Carl Bennet
Carl Kempe
Fredrik Lundberg
Magnus Hall
Fredrik lundberg
Chairman. Djursholm. Born in 1951.
Member since 1988. Master of Engineering and Bachelor of
Science (Econ.). D. Econ h.c. and D. Eng. H.c.
President and CEO of L E Lundberg företagen AB.
Other significant appointments:
Chairman of the Board: Cardo AB and Hufvudstaden AB.
Deputy chairman of: Svenska Handelsbanken AB and NCC AB.
Board member: L E Lundbergföretagen AB, AB Industrivärden
and Sandvik AB.
Shareholding in Holmen: 734 724 shares.
Shareholding of L E Lundbergföretagen
in Holmen: 23 511 000 shares.
Carl kempe
Deputy Chairman. Örnsköldsvik.
Born in 1939. Member since 1983.
Licentiate in Engineering. DDr. h.c.
Other significant appointments:
Chairman of the Board: Kempe Foundations, MoRe
Research AB and UPSC Berzelii Centre for Forest
Biotechnology.
Member of the Swedish IIASA committee.
Own and related parties’ shareholding
in Holmen: 385 125 shares.
Carl bennet
Gothenburg. Born in 1951. Member since 2009. MBA. D. Eng.
h.c. Former President and CEO of Getinge. Chairman of the
Board: Getinge, Elanders and Lifco.
Other significant appointments:
Chairman of the Board: University of Gothenburg.
Board member: L E Lundbergföretagen and SSAB.
Shareholding in Holmen: 100 000 shares.
magnus Hall
Stockholm. Born in 1959. Member since 2004. MSc (Industrial
Engineering). President and CEO.
Other significant appointments: Chairman of the Board of BasEl
i Sverige AB and Industrikraft i Sverige AB. Deputy chairman of
the Swedish Forest Industries Federation.
Own and related parties’ shareholding
in Holmen: 12 698 shares, 14 450 call options.
Steewe björklundh
Hudiksvall. Born in 1958. Member since 1998.
Representative of the employees, LO. Chairman of the GS
Union at Iggesund Sawmill. Chairman of Hudiksvalls Sparbank
and of Bomäklarna i Hudiksvall AB.
Shareholding in Holmen: 200 call options.
kenneth johansson
Söderköping. Born in 1958. Member since 2004.
Representative of the employees, LO. Section Chairman of
Paperbranch 53, Holmen Paper Braviken.
Shareholding in Holmen: 500 call options.
Related parties’ shareholding: 500 call options.
lilian Fossum
Lidingö. Born in 1962. Member since 2004. MBA. CFO and
Executive Vice President Axel Johnson AB.
Other significant appointments:
Board member: Åhléns AB, Axel Johnson International AB,
Novax AB, Servera AB, Svensk Bevakningstjänst AB, Oriflame
Cosmetics S.A. and Retail and Brands AB.
Shareholding in Holmen: 500 shares.
Curt källströmer
Stockholm. Born in 1941. Member since 2006. Banking degree.
Other significant appointments:
Chairman of the Board: Umeå School of Economics.
Board member: Handelsbanken International,
Stockholmsmässan AB, SBC AB,
Wåhlin Fastigheter AB and AB Skrindan.
Shareholding in Holmen: 600 shares.
3 6
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
bo a rD oF D Ir eC To rS
Lilian Fossum
Göran Lundin
Andreas Rastbäck
Stig Jacobsson
Steewe Björklundh
Tommy Åsenbrygg
Kenneth Johansson
Hans larsson
Stockholm. Born in 1942. Member since 1990. Bachelor of Arts.
Other significant appointments:
Chairman of the Board: Svenska Handelsbanken AB, Nobia AB,
Attendo AB and Valedo Partners Fund 1 AB.
Shareholding in Holmen: 1 000 shares.
Ulf lundahl
Lidingö. Born in 1952. Member since 2004. Bachelor of Arts in
Legal Science and Bachelor of Science (Econ). Executive VP and
Deputy CEO of L E Lundbergföretagen AB.
Other significant appointments:
Board member: Brandkontoret, Indutrade AB, Ramirent OYJ,
Cardo AB, Husqvarna AB and SHB Regionbank Stockholm.
Shareholding in Holmen: 4 000 shares.
göran lundin
Norrköping. Born in 1940. Member since 2001. Engineer.
Other significant appointments:
Chairman of the Board: Norrköpings Tidningar AB.
Board member: Lorentzen & Wettre AB and
Fastighets AB L E Lundberg.
Shareholding in Holmen: 1 000 shares.
karin norin
Forsa. Born in 1950. Member since 2009 . Representative of
the employees, PTK. Chairman: Unionen Gävleborg, Unionen
Holmen-Iggesund and member in Unionen’s delegation
‘‘Industry 1’’.
Shareholding in Holmen: 200 call options.
Related parties’ shareholding: 200 call options.
Karin Norin was not present for the photograph.
Auditors
KPMG AB.
Principal auditor:
george Pettersson
Authorised public accountant
Deputy members
Stig jacobsson
Iggesund. Born in 1948. Deputy member since 2004.
Representative of the employees, LO. Chairman of
Paperbranch 15 Iggesund.
Shareholding in Holmen: 500 call options.
andreas rastbäck
Örnsköldsvik. Born in 1975. Deputy member since 2008.
Representative of the employees, PTK. Chairman of the univer-
sity graduate association at Holmen Skog.
Shareholding in Holmen: 500 call options.
Tommy Åsenbrygg
Hallstavik. Born in 1968. Deputy member since 2009.
Representative of the employees, PTK. Deputy chairman in
Ledarna, Hallstavik.
Shareholding in Holmen: 100 shares.
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
3 7
g r o u p m a n a g e m e n t
Group management
President and CEO
magnus Hall
Born in 1959. Joined Holmen in 1985.
Own and related parties’ shareholding in
Holmen: 12 698 shares, 14 450 call options.
Magnus Hall has no significant shareholdings
and no ownership in companies with whom the
Group has important business relations.
Ingela Carlsson
Head of Group Public Relations.
Born in 1962. Joined Holmen in 2008.
Shareholding in Holmen: 4 000 call options.
Lars ericson
Head of Group Legal Affairs.
Company secretary.
Born in 1959. Joined Holmen in 1988.
Shareholding in Holmen: 4 000 call options.
For further information about the CEO,
see page 36.
Group staff units
anders almgren
Executive Vice President.
CFO, Group Finance until 15 April 2010.
Born in 1965. Joined Holmen in 1990.
Shareholding in Holmen: 4 600 shares,
4 000 call options.
thommy Haglund
Head of Group Human Resources.
Born in 1950. Joined Holmen in 2001.
Shareholding in Holmen: 500 shares,
4 000 call options.
Sven Wird
Head of Group Technology.
Born in 1951. Joined Holmen in 1995.
Shareholding in Holmen: 50 shares,
4 000 call options.
Magnus Hall
Sören Petersson will take up the position of head of Holmen Skog on 1 February 2010.
Anders Jernhall will take up the position of head of Group Finance on 15 April 2010.
Business areas
Brynolf alexandersson
Head of Holmen Energi.
Born in 1957. Joined Holmen in 2007.
Shareholding in Holmen: 4 000 call options.
Björn andrén
Head of Holmen Skog until
31 January 2010, when he retired.
Born in 1946. Joined Holmen in 1971.
Shareholding in Holmen: 4 000 call options.
Björn Kvick
Head of Iggesund Paperboard.
Born in 1950. Joined Holmen in 1983.
Shareholding in Holmen: 4 000 call options.
Håkan Lindh
Head of Holmen Timber.
Born in 1964. Joined Holmen in 1994.
Shareholding in Holmen: 2 000 call options.
arne Wallin
Head of Holmen Paper.
Born in 1954. Joined Holmen in 1988.
Shareholding in Holmen: 4 000 call options.
Anders Almgren
Ingela Carlsson
Lars Ericson
Thommy Haglund
Sven Wird
Brynolf Alexandersson
Björn Andrén
Björn Kvick
Håkan Lindh
Arne Wallin
3 8
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
Q u a r t e r ly f i g u r e s
Quarterly figures
seKm
full year
iV
income statement
Net sales
Operating costs
Depreciation and amortisation according to plan
Interest in earnings of associates
Items affecting comparability *
Operating profit
Net financial items
Profit/loss before tax
Tax
Profit/loss for the period
18 071
-15 175
-1 320
45
-
1 620
-255
1 366
-360
1 006
4 659
-3 943
-334
10
-
392
-60
332
-107
225
2009
iii
4 387
-3 636
-322
13
-
442
-55
386
-106
280
ii
i full year
iV
4 496
4 529
-3 806 -3 789
-332
7
-
415
-74
341
-96
245
-333
15
-
372
-66
306
-51
256
19 334
-16 630
-1 343
50
-361
1 051
-311
740
-98
642
5 043
-4 437
-333
10
-
284
-89
195
76
271
2008
iii
4 591
-3 909
-337
16
-298
64
-85
-22
-2
-24
ii
i
4 826
-4 178
-339
12
-63
257
-73
185
-61
124
4 875
-4 107
-334
12
-
446
-64
383
-111
271
Diluted earnings per share, SEK
12.0
2.7
3.3
3.0
2.9
7.6
3.2
-0.3
1.5
3.2
Net sales
Holmen Paper
Iggesund Paperboard
Holmen Timber
Holmen Skog
Holmen Energi
Elimination of intra-group net sales
group
Operating profit/loss
Holmen Paper
Iggesund Paperboard
Holmen Timber
Holmen Skog
Holmen Energi
Group-wide costs
Elimination of internal operating profit/loss
Items affecting comparability *
group
Operating margin, % **
Holmen Paper
Iggesund Paperboard
Holmen Timber
Group
return on operating capital, % **
Holmen Paper
Iggesund Paperboard
Holmen Timber
Holmen Skog
Holmen Energi
Group
Key indicators
Return on capital employed, % **
Return on equity, %
Deliveries
Newsprint and magazine paper, ’000 tonnes
Paperboard, ’000 tonnes
Sawn timber, ’000 m3
Harvesting own forests, ’000 m3
Own production of hydro power, GWh
9 303
5 023
553
4 799
1 628
-3 236
18 071
2 310
1 260
155
1 306
465
-837
4 659
2 348
1 223
142
1 048
363
-737
4 387
2 361
1 274
130
1 163
359
-791
4 496
2 284
1 266
127
1 283
442
-872
4 529
10 443
4 860
499
5 443
1 834
-3 745
19 334
2 854
1 194
109
1 365
501
-980
5 043
2 517
1 210
116
1 208
442
-902
4 591
2 547
1 219
124
1 433
392
-890
4 826
2 525
1 237
149
1 436
499
-972
4 875
340
419
21
605
414
-191
13
-
1 620
3.7
8.3
3.8
9.0
3.5
9.9
6.2
5.3
13.3
5.9
7.2
6.4
1 745
477
313
2 897
1 090
-34
140
19
179
138
-50
0
-
392
-1.5
11.1
12.2
8.4
-1.5
13.6
21.0
6.3
17.3
5.8
7.0
5.5
456
123
76
859
355
107
128
13
147
72
-43
16
-
442
4.6
10.5
9.5
10.1
4.5
12.1
16.7
5.1
9.1
6.4
7.8
7.0
455
118
76
704
229
150
77
5
144
59
-51
-11
-
372
6.3
6.1
3.5
8.3
6.0
7.2
5.6
5.0
7.7
5.5
6.6
6.6
437
119
80
753
203
117
73
-16
134
144
-47
9
-
415
5.1
5.8
-12.4
9.2
4.6
6.9
-17.7
4.7
19.1
6.1
7.3
6.4
397
117
81
580
304
280
320
13
632
327
-149
-10
-361
1 051
2.7
6.6
2.5
7.3
2.8
7.5
3.5
5.6
11.1
5.0
6.1
3.9
2 044
494
266
2 649
1 128
20
16
-7
179
110
-30
-4
-
284
0.7
1.4
-6.8
5.6
0.8
1.5
-7.9
6.3
14.8
4.1
4.9
6.9
539
115
63
770
311
80
127
-1
150
33
- 21
-6
-298
64
3.2
10.5
-1.1
7.9
3.2
12.1
-1.3
5.3
4.5
5.1
6.3
-0.6
493
124
66
631
176
100
61
-2
152
58
-50
1
-63
257
3.9
5.0
-1.5
6.6
4.0
5.8
-2.1
5.4
7.9
4.5
5.6
3.0
508
127
66
714
254
80
116
23
151
125
-48
0
-
446
3.2
9.3
15.3
9.2
3.2
11.1
26.2
5.3
16.9
6.4
7.8
6.4
503
127
72
534
388
* Item affecting comparability in the third quarter of 2008 relating to a provision of SEK -298 million for the closure of Wargön Mill. The second quarter of 2008
includes SEK -63 million for the closure of PM 2 at Hallsta Paper Mill and an impact on profit due to the fire at Braviken Paper Mill.
** Excl. items affecting comparability.
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
3 9
teN- y e a r r eVi e w
Ten-year review
seKm
2009
2008
2007
2006
2005
2004
2003
2002
2001
2000
iNCOMe stateMeNt
Net sales
Operating costs
18 071
19 334 19 159 18 592 16 319 15 653 15 816 16 081 16 655 15 155
-15 175 -16 630 -15 548 -14 954 -13 205 -12 570 -12 306 -12 205 -12 460 -11 843
Depreciation and amortisation according to plan
-1 320
-1 343
-1 337
-1 346
-1 167
-1 156
-1 166
-1 153
-1 126
-1 045
Interest in earnings of associates
Items affecting comparability *
45
-
50
-361
12
557
11
-
20
-
25
-
-6
-
-10
-3
-
-620
Operating profit
Net financial items
Profit before tax
Tax
Profit for the year
1 620
-255
1 366
-360
1 006
1 051
2 843
2 303
1 967
1 952
2 338
2 713
2 446
-311
-261
-247
-233
-206
-212
-149
-152
740
-98
642
2 582
2 056
1 734
1 746
2 126
2 564
2 294
4 741
-1 077
-597
-478
-471
-675
-605
-108
-769
1 505
1 459
1 256
1 275
1 451
1 959
2 186
3 972
552
2 023
4 842
-101
Diluted earnings per share, SEK
12.0
7.6
17.8
17.2
14.8
15.1
17.5
23.6
26.4
44.7
Net sales
Holmen Paper
Iggesund Paperboard
Holmen Timber
Holmen Skog
Holmen Energi
9 303
10 443 10 345 10 140
5 023
4 860
5 100
5 240
553
4 799
1 628
499
5 443
1 834
589
4 775
1 590
465
4 042
1 691
8 442
4 860
460
3 858
1 480
7 814
4 877
492
3 780
1 258
7 788
4 920
510
3 613
1 337
8 164
4 850
572
3 538
1 120
8 757
4 467
712
3 982
1 108
7 618
4 186
762
4 117
1 110
Elimination of intra-group net sales
-3 236
-3 745
-3 239
-2 986
-2 781
-2 568
-2 352
-2 163
-2 371
-2 638
group
18 071
19 334 19 159 18 592 16 319 15 653 15 816 16 081 16 655 15 155
569
-116
466
99
-112
2 295
2 023
524
Operating profit/loss
Holmen Paper
Iggesund Paperboard
Holmen Timber
Holmen Skog
Holmen Energi
Group-wide costs and eliminations
340
419
21
605
414
-178
1 620
280
320
13
632
327
-159
623
599
146
702
272
-56
747
1 664
2 410
1 389
754
752
80
643
197
631
626
13
537
301
487
809
5
586
178
1 001
18
516
193
818
-6
450
-26
455
-79
455
49
-123
-141
-113
-137
-187
-224
1 412
2 286
2 303
1 967
1 952
2 338
2 713
3 066
Items affecting comparability *
Transferred operations
-
-
-361
-
557
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-620
-
group
CasH flOw
Profit before tax
Adjustment items
Paid income tax
Changes in working capital
1 620
1 051
2 843
2 303
1 967
1 952
2 338
2 713
2 446
4 842
1 366
1 163
-334
678
740
2 582
1 797
-192
-686
629
-390
-345
2 056
1 225
-664
-259
1 734
914
-516
339
1 746
1 031
-378
-68
2 126
1 169
-727
-125
2 564
1 050
-472
356
2 294
4 741
1 679
-1 486
-248
61
-942
-388
Cash flow from operating activities
2 873
1 660
2 476
2 358
2 471
2 331
2 443
3 498
3 786
1 925
Cash flow from investing activities
-818
-1 124
-1 315
-947
-3 029
-1 195
-726
-1 810
-1 669
-2 019
Cash flow after investments
2 054
536
1 161
1 411
-558
1 136
1 717
1 688
2 117
-94
Share buy-back
New share issue through conversion
and subscription
-
-
-138
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
474
-
-
-
-
-
-
-2 025
-
Dividend paid
-756
-1 017
-1 017
-932
-848
-3 199
-880
-800
-5 518
-977
* Items affecting comparability:
Year 2000: Mainly the disposal within the Group of Modo Paper AB, an associate, for SEK 1 848 million, and the repayment of SPP funds of SEK 175 million.
Year 2001: Impairment losses of SEK 620 million on non-current assets.
Year 2007: Impairment losses of SEK 569 million on goodwill and of SEK 1 034 million on property, plant and equipment within Holmen Paper, a reversed impair-
ment losses of SEK 60 million on non-current assets within Holmen Timber, and a positive revaluation of forests of SEK 2 100 million within Holmen Skog.
Year 2008: Closure of Wargön Mill SEK accounted for 298 million and a cost of SEK 115 million was for the closure of PM 2 at Hallsta Paper Mill. Income of SEK
52 million corresponds to the effects on the result of the fire at Braviken Paper Mill.
4 0
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
teN- y e a r r eVi e w
2009
2008
2007
2006
2005
2004
2003
2002
2001
2000
For a ten-year review of data per share, see page 30.
23 610
24 329 24 099 23 258 23 702 21 354 18 878 19 442 18 661 18 534
304
1 780
6 075
225
182
32 176
16 504
5 045
6 091
4 536
32 176
342
1 836
7 268
175
301
1 753
6 549
147
354
1 742
6 138
165
352
1 739
5 709
132
273
1 754
5 149
92
295
1 767
4 743
105
194
1 721
4 922
54
203
286
191
230
5 366
5 330
33
15
653
2 000
34 602 33 243 32 141 32 214 28 989 26 358 26 967 24 948 26 300
570
367
634
580
394
484
399
15 641 16 932 16 636 16 007 15 635 15 366 15 185 14 072 17 014
5 177
4 557
5 030
5 482
4 819
4 014
4 370
5 143
4 264
8 332
6 518
6 634
7 351
5 335
4 044
4 496
3 593
1 721
4 311
5 809
3 301
34 602 33 243 32 141 32 214 28 989 26 358 26 967 24 948 26 300
2 916
3 841
2 391
2 842
3 269
3 713
8 789
10 237
9 971 11 541 11 452
4 114
4 254
4 180
3 935
3 965
396
366
345
11 384
11 415 11 264
3 006
2 960
208
9 001
2 965
230
8 919
2 958
9 659
3 871
231
8 842
2 930
9 461
3 885
277
6 383
2 926
9 884
3 963
258
6 429
2 877
9 584
4 330
232
8 564
4 877
411
6 517
6 527
805
826
3 207
-963
26 929
-4 741
22 188
4
8
4
9
4
10
6
5
13
6
7
6
-87
-354
-630
-1 654
-412
27 623 28 090 27 297 27 437 25 415 22 997 23 169 21 044 20 793
-4 904
-4 477
-4 073
23 146 22 909 22 621 22 646 20 511 18 735 18 993 17 233 16 720
-5 181
-4 262
-4 791
-3 811
-4 676
-4 176
-242
-424
-118
65
3
7
3
7
3
8
4
6
11
5
6
4
6
12
24
12
5
15
64
8
9
8
10
9
7
14
17
12
6
19
38
7
7
8
10
9
7
13
3
12
6
16
6
6
10
7
9
8
6
17
1
12
5
20
2
7
6
8
10
8
10
20
3
15
8
25
7
8
7
10
12
10
21
17
-1
17
17
20
28
10
-11
18
26
9
neg
neg
7
5
13
16
14
7
7
14
18
16
18
14
-7
15
17
12
neg
7
9
12
15
24
0.34
0.48
0.35
0.36
0.41
0.31
0.22
0.25
0.22
-0.02
seKm
BalaNCe sHeet
Non-current assets
Deferred tax assets
Shares and participating interests
Current assets
Financial receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
total assets
Equity
Deferred tax liability
Financial liabilities and interest-bearing provisions
Operating liabilities
total equity and liabilities
Operating capital
Holmen Paper
Iggesund Paperboard
Holmen Timber
Holmen Skog
Holmen Energi
Group-wide and other
Operating capital
Deferred tax liability, net
Capital employed
Key ratiOs
Operating margin, %*
Holmen Paper
Iggesund Paperboard
Holmen Timber
Group
return on operating capital, %*
Holmen Paper
Iggesund Paperboard
Holmen Timber
Holmen Skog
Holmen Energi
Group
Key indicators
Return on capital employed, % *
Return on equity, %
Debt/equity ratio
Deliveries
Newsprint and magazine paper, ’000 tonnes
1 745
2 044
2 025
2 021
1 764
1 731
1 655
1 528
1 525
1 560
Paperboard, ’000 tonnes
Sawn timber, ’000 m3
Harvesting own forests, million m3
477
313
2.9
494
266
2.6
516
262
2.6
Own production of hydro power, GWh
1 090
1 128
1 193
536
248
2.6
934
492
229
2.3
501
195
2.6
1 236
1 054
481
189
2.7
867
453
220
2.5
410
322
2.4
415
360
2.3
1 048
1 362
1 308
Stated in accordance with IFRS from 2004. As far as Holmen is concerned, the principal difference between IFRS and previous accounting policies is that
forest assets are valued and stated in the accounts at fair value, that goodwill is no longer amortised according to plan, and that the fair value of financial
assets and liabilities where hedge accounting is applied is entered into the balance sheet.
* Excl. items affecting comparability.
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
4 1
Annual report
The Board of Directors and the CEO of Holmen Aktiebolag (publ.), corporate
identity number 556001–3301, submit their annual report for the parent com-
pany and the Group for the 2009 financial year. The annual report, including
the audit report, comprises pages 42-85. The results of the year’s operations
and the financial position of the parent company and the Group are present-
ed in the administration report and the accompanying income statements
and balance sheets, together with the notes and supplementary information.
The Group’s income statement and balance sheet and the parent company’s
income statement and balance sheet will be submitted
to the Annual General Meeting for adoption.
This is a translation of the Swedish Annual Report of Holmen Aktiebolag (publ). In the event of
inconsistency between the English and the Swedish versions, the Swedish version shall prevail.
A 123-metre long wooden bridge has been built at Iggesund Mill, partly using wood from Holmen’s forests.
ContentsAdministration report 44Income statement 52Statement of comprehensive income 52Balance sheet 53Changes in equity 54Cash flow statement 55Parent company 56Notes to the financial statements 58 1. Accounting policies 58 2. Financial risk management 62 3. Operating segment reporting 64 4. Other operating income 66 5. Employees, staff costs and remuneration to senior management 66 6. Auditors’ fees and remuneration 67 7. Income from financial instruments 68 8. Taxes 68 9. Earnings per share (EPS) 70 10. Intangible non-current assets 70 11. Property, plant and equipment 71 12. Biological assets 72 13. Interests in associates and other shares and participating interests 73 14. Financial instruments 7415. Inventories 7816. Operating receivables 7817. Equity 7818. Pension provisions 7919. Other provisions 80 20. Operating liabilities 8021. Operating leases 8022. Pledged collateral and contingent liabilities 8123. Related parties 8124. Interests in Group companies 8225. Untaxed reserves 8326. Cash flow statement 8327. Key assessments and estimates 83 Proposed treatment of unappropriated earnings 84Audit report 85A dM InIs t rA tIo n r e p o r t
Administration report
Business overview
Holmen’s operations consist of three product-oriented and
two raw-material-oriented business areas, which are to be
developed through organic growth and selective acquisi-
tions. Europe is by far the largest market, accounting for
some 90 per cent of sales. The Holmen Paper business area
manufactures printing paper for newspapers, magazines,
directories/manuals, advertising materials and books. The
paper is manufactured at two mills in Sweden and one in
Spain. Iggesund Paperboard produces paperboard for pack-
aging and graphics printing at one mill in Sweden and one in
the UK. Holmen Timber produces sawn timber at one saw-
mill in Sweden. Annual production capacity is 1 940 000
tonnes of printing paper, 530 000 tonnes of paperboard
(after structural change at Workington Mill) and 340 000
cubic metres of sawn timber. Holmen Skog manages the
Group’s forests, which cover just over one million hectares;
each year some 2.5 million cubic metres of wood are harvest-
ed in the company’s forests. Holmen’s annual consumption
amounts to about 4.5 million cubic metres. Holmen Energi’s
normal yearly production amounts to some 1 100 GWh of
electricity at wholly and partly owned hydro power stations
in Sweden. In addition, about 400 GWh of electricity is pro-
duced at the mills. Holmen consumes a total of some 4 700
GWh of electricity per year.
The main part of operations in Sweden is run by the par-
ent company. In turn, the latter’s operations are run by five
companies acting on behalf of the parent company – one for
each business area. The parent company is liable for all com-
mitments entered into by these companies. Abroad, opera-
tions are chiefly run by wholly owned subsidiaries.
Holmen in 2009
Market. The weak economy meant that demand for news-
print in Europe fell considerably in 2009 and was 14 per cent
lower than in 2008. Along with weak demand outside
Europe, this entailed low capacity utilisation for European
producers in 2009. Deliveries of MF Magazine to Europe
were 20 per cent lower in 2009 than in 2008, while deliveries
of SC paper to Europe were down 9 per cent and of coated
paper down 22 per cent.
The long-term trend in demand for virgin fibre board in
Europe has been positive. The market in Europe however
was weak in 2009, and deliveries from European producers
to Europe thus fell by 9 per cent compared to 2008. The
situa tion improved somewhat towards the end of the year.
Demand for sawn timber in Europe was substantially
lower in 2009 compared to 2008, which led to considerable
production cutbacks among European producers. In the
When Iggesund paperboard launched its new grades of Invercote and Incada paperboard, new cover paper was also introduced for the paper-
board rolls.
4 4
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
A dM InIs t rA tIo n r e p o r t
se cond half of the year, the market improved, and stock lev-
els were low. The prices of sawn timber fell from the second
half of 2007 until the start of 2009, but the price trend
reversed during the second half of 2009.
Demand for pulpwood and timber were low at the start
of the year and prices fell. Sawmills’ demand for timber
climbed to a high level during the year, which led to price
rises. Demand for pulpwood increased to a normal level and
prices were stable.
In 2009, hydro power production in Sweden was slightly
below the normal level. The spot price fluctuated during the
year, from SEK 350/MWh in May, to SEK 500/MWh in
December. The average price was SEK 393/MWh, which was
20 per cent lower than in 2008.
the average price level was lower.
Operating profit for Holmen Skog amounted to
SEK 605 million (632). The figure includes a SEK 16 million
(-16) change in the value of the company’s forests, calculated
in accordance with IAS 41. Operating profit before the
change in value of forests fell by SEK 59 million, to
SEK 589 million, as a result of lower wood prices, while
increased harvesting in the company’s own forests had a
positive impact. The extent of silviculture rose, entailing
higher costs.
Holmen Energi’s operating profit increased by
SEK 87 million, to SEK 414 million. The rise is largely
thanks to higher prices, though production was lower than
in 2008 and 2 per cent below that of a normal year.
Net financial items amounted to a loss of SEK 255 million
reSULtS. In 2009, the Group’s sales decreased by SEK 1 263
million, to SEK 18 071 million. Operating profit amounted
to SEK 1 620 million (2008: 1 051). Operating profit for
2008 included a net amount of SEK -361 million comprising
items affecting comparability in the Holmen Paper business
area.
The improved operating profit is primarily attributable to
(loss of 311). Lower market interest rates reduced the aver-
age borrowing cost to 3.5 per cent (4.5), and net debt was
somewhat higher on average than in the preceding year.
The Group’s tax expense amounted to SEK 360 million
(98), which corresponds to 26 per cent of profit before tax.
Tax expense includes SEK 30 million from a successful tax
dispute.
higher prices of newsprint and paperboard, while weak
demand led to extensive production cutbacks , which had a
negative impact on earnings.
Profit after tax was SEK 1 006 million (642). Earnings per
share amounted to SEK 12.0 (7.6). The return on equity was
6.4 percent (3.9).
Holmen Paper’s deliveries declined to 1 745 000 tonnes,
compared to 2 044 000 tonnes in 2008, as a consequence of
low demand and the closure of capacity. The decline mainly
affected standard newsprint and coated paper, while deliv-
eries of MF Magazine were higher. Holmen Paper’s operat-
ing profit for 2009, was SEK 340 million (280 excluding
items affecting comparability in 2008). The improvement is
thanks to higher selling prices, but considerable production
cutbacks and a less favourable market mix had an adverse
effect on results. Lower costs of wood and recovered paper
made an impact on profit, but energy costs rose.
Iggesund Paperboard’s deliveries were down by 3 per cent
in relation to 2008 due to lower demand. Iggesund Paper-
board implemented price rises for folding boxboard in the UK
market during the second half of 2009. Operating profit for
2009 amounted to SEK 419 million, which was SEK 99 mil-
lion higher than in the preceding year. The price increases,
along with a weaker pound (sterling) and Swedish krona, had
a positive impact on results. Production cutbacks and high
manufacturing costs adversely affected profit, particularly in
the first half of 2009.
Holmen permanently shut down a board machine (BM 1)
at Workington Mill in December. Provisions and impairment
losses resulting from the shutdown had a negative impact of
SEK 75 million on costs.
ChangeS in WOrkingtOn. In September 2009 Holmen decided
to shut down one of the two board machines at Workington
Mill in the UK. The machine, dating from 1967, has an annual
production capacity of 70 000 tonnes of folding boxboard in
the lower quality segment. Capacity was upgraded on the
remaining machine at the same time. The new annual capacity
of the mill is 200 000 tonnes (previously 250 000) – a volume
that is more tailored to the market. The number of employees
is expected to decrease by 99. The shutdown entailed costs as
a result of provisions and impairment losses totalling
SEK 75 million.
inveStMentS. The Group’s acquisitions of non-current assets
amounted to SEK 759 million (1 160). Cash flow from
investing activities totalled SEK -818 million (-1 124). Sched-
uled depreciation and amortisation amounted to SEK 1 320
million (1 343). The year’s investments include investment
projects such as a new sawmill at Braviken, a new hydro
power station in Iggesund, improved water treatment at
Iggesund Mill and a new power production plant at the mill
in Madrid. Production in the new sawmill at Braviken Paper
Mill in Norrköping is scheduled to start at the turn of
2010/2011.
Holmen Timber’s deliveries rose to 313 000 cubic metres,
compared to 266 000 cubic metres in 2008. Operating profit
amounted to SEK 21 million (13). Higher deliveries and
lower raw materials costs had a positive impact, although
CaSh fLOW. The Group’s cash flow from operating activities
totalled SEK 2 873 million, of which a reduction in tied up
working capital accounted for SEK 678 million. Cash flow
from investing activities amounted to SEK -818 million.
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
4 5
A dM InIs t rA tIo n r e p o r t
ly via the Group’s commercial paper programme, short-term
bank loans and utilisation of the contractually agreed EUR
600 million credit facility. Certain other non-current liabilities
were paid down. Cash and cash equivalents were deposited
with banks. Standard & Poor’s lowered its long-term credit
rating for Holmen from BBB+ to BBB, with a negative out-
look. The short-term rating was lowered to A-3/K-2.
The Group hedges parts of future estimated net flows in
foreign currencies. Gains and losses on currency hedges to
cover sales in foreign currencies netted a loss of SEK 408 mil-
lion (loss of 336) during the year, recognised in operating prof-
it. The result was primarily due to the average hedging rate for
euro being SEK 9.4 during the year, compared to the average
spot exchange rate of SEK 10.6. Taking account of currency
hedges, the average exchange rates for the Group’s net flows
were SEK 9.5 for euro and SEK 7.8 for US dollars. At year-
end, some 90 per cent of the Group’s estimated net flows in
euro for 2010 were hedged at an average exchange rate of
SEK 9.7, for 2011 about 85 per cent were hedged at an aver-
age of SEK 10.6 and for 2012 about 25 per cent at an average
of SEK 10.5. Four months’ estimated flows in dollars were
hedged at an average exchange rate of SEK 6.9. The fair value
of currency hedges not yet recognised in the income statement
amounted to a loss of SEK 45 million at the end of 2009.
Prices for the Group’s estimated net consumption of elec-
tricity in Sweden during the 2010–2012 period are fully
hedged. For 2013–2015, prices for some 85 per cent have
been hedged. The Group’s financial risk management is
described in note 2.
eQUitY. In 2009 the Group’s equity increased by
SEK 863 million, to SEK 16 504 million. Profit for the year
amounted to SEK 1 006 million, and the dividend paid was
SEK 756 million. Equity has also been affected by other com-
prehensive income which consists of items such as revalua-
tion of pension liability, currency revaluation of loans,
revaluation of transaction hedges and restatement of assets
in foreign entities as well as tax on these items. In 2009 other
comprehensive income amounted to SEK 613 million, which
is mainly attributable to currency hedges that have expired
and been recognised in the income statement, and to the fact
that the strengthened Swedish krona reduced the negative
fair value of transaction hedges. As of 2009 other compre-
hensive income is presented in a separate “Statement of com-
prehensive income” following the ‘‘income statement’’.
reSearCh and deveLOpMent (r&d). The Group conducts
R&D in-house at business area level and externally. The
external activities are co-run with other players – often at
industry-wide level – and in collaboration with universities
and colleges. In 2009 Holmen opened a development centre
in Iggesund, focusing on biorefining and biofuels. The
Group’s total investments in R&D amounted to around
SEK 100 million in 2009.
the Middle east and north Africa are increasingly important
markets for Holmen timber. Consignments of wood from
Iggesund sawmill are unloaded in Alexandria.
A dividend of SEK 756 million was paid to shareholders
during the year.
finanCing and finanCiaL riSk ManageMent. Holmen shall
have a strong financial position that provides financial stabil-
ity and enables the Group to make correct and long-term busi-
ness decisions relatively independently of the state of the
econo my and external financing possibilities. The target for
the debt/equity ratio is an interval of 0.3–0.8, and strategic
planning includes adjustment to this target.
The Group’s net financial debt decreased by
SEK 1 821 million, to SEK 5 683 million, during the year.
The year-end debt/equity ratio was 0.34 (31 December 2008:
0.48). The equity/assets ratio was 51 per cent (45).
At the end of 2009 financial liabilities amounted to
SEK 6 091 million, of which SEK 2 298 million was short
term. Cash, cash equivalents and financial receivables totalled
SEK 407 million. The Group has a contractually agreed credit
facility with a syndicate of banks that amounts to EUR 600
million and expires in 2012. Since 2009 the company has also
had a bilateral credit facility of SEK 1 300 million that expires
in 2016. Neither of the facilities had been used at year-end.
During the year, new long-term financing was raised
through an MTN loan of SEK 1 500 million with a four-year
maturity. Other financing during the year was arranged main-
4 6
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
A dM InIs t rA tIo n r e p o r t
tax diSpUteS. In the dispute concerning Holmen’s French
subsidiary, the county administrative court decided in the
company’s favour in December 2008. This has now come
into force but had no impact on earnings.
On 15 January 2010, Stockholm County Administrative
Court announced its judgment on the tax case involving
Holmen’s subsidiary MoDo Capital AB. Under the Court’s
judgment, MoDo Capital’s depreciation deduction for the
1997 tax year is disallowed, which results in tax expense
estimated at a total of SEK 640 million. Holmen has previ-
ously made provision for the tax expense; it is thus not
antici pated that the judgment will have any impact on the
Group’s earnings. Holmen will appeal against the judgment
to the Administrative Court of Appeal.
Business outlook
In Holmen’s product markets 2009 was a difficult year.
Demand for printing paper and paperboard declined by more
than 10 per cent and demand for sawn timber fell substantial-
ly. This entailed major production cutbacks, which for
Holmen primarily took place in Holmen Paper. Meanwhile,
prices remained relatively stable and were even increased for
printing paper in Europe. Costs were lower than in the preced-
ing year, primarily thanks to lower fibre costs.
The outlook for 2010 is less favourable, in particular for
Holmen Paper; there are as yet no signs of an improvement
in demand. In addition, ongoing price negotiations are
expected to entail lower printing paper prices in Europe.
However, the prices for recovered paper, a key raw material,
have started to rise during the winter. The market for Igge-
sund Paperboard and Holmen Timber improved in the sec-
ond half of 2009, which may create better conditions for
2010. In the wood market, demand for timber is consider-
able and prices have risen, which increases costs for Holmen
Timber, but creates potential for some improvement in
Holmen Skog’s earnings from wood.
For Holmen Energi, 2010 may be another good year,
because prices are largely hedged at favourable levels. Hydro
power production depends on precipitation during the year.
Exchange rates have a major impact on profits. The larg-
est currency exposure, which is to the euro, is hedged for
2010 and 2011, and the exchange rates will be slightly more
favourable than the hedging contracts that applied for 2009.
However, the US dollar has weakened compared to one year
ago, which is a negative development.
Investments are estimated to exceed SEK 1 500 million
for 2010. One reason is the ongoing sawmill project at
Braviken. A survey of energy-related investments is in
progress, which may keep the level of investment high to
the extent and at the rate that these investments are decided
on and implemented.
Information on risks and uncertainties
inCOMe. Holmen’s income is mainly generated from the sale
of printing paper, paperboard and sawn timber in Europe.
Changes in prices and deliveries largely depend on market
equilibrium in Europe. This in turn is influenced by demand
patterns there, trends in production among European pro-
ducers and changes in imports into Europe, as well as by the
opportunities of exporting profitably from Europe. The
Group also has sizeable sales of wood from its own forests
and electricity from its own power generation. However,
wood and electricity are also major costs for the Group’s
industrial operations.
COStS. Holmen’s principal production costs are those of
wood, recovered paper, energy and chemicals. In addition,
the costs of deliveries, employees, maintenance and capital
are significant. Cost trends are primarily determined by
changes in the prices of input goods and employees, and by
how successfully the Group improves the efficiency of pro-
duction and administration.
A one percentage point change in deliveries, prices and
costs is estimated to have the following impact on operating
profit:*
seKm
products
Printing paper
Paperboard
Sawn timber
Company’s own raw materials
Wood from company forests**
Company-generated electricity**
seKm
Wood**
Recovered paper
Pulp
Electricity**
Other energy
Chemicals
Distribution costs
Other variable costs
Staff
Other fixed costs
deliveries
price
33
24
2
8
5
91
49
6
12
5
Costs
21
8
1
16
4
14
15
9
27
17
*
Based on income and costs for 2009.
** Sensitivity regarding the Group’s net purchases – taking account
of the company’s own production of raw materials – is
SEK 9 million for wood and SEK 11 million for electricity. The
price of the Group’s net consumption of electricity in Sweden,
which corresponds to some 80 per cent of the Group’s total net
consumption, is fully hedged for coming years (see note 2).
CUrrenCieS. Holmen’s earnings are affected by exchange rate
fluctuations, mainly because a significant proportion of the
Group’s sales are invoiced in currencies other than its costs
are. Currency hedging is used to reduce this exposure. Taking
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
4 7
A dM InIs t rA tIo n r e p o r t
account of estimated currency flows, a one percentage point
weakening of the Swedish krona in relation to the currencies
below would have the following effects, without considering
currency hedges:
seKm
SEK / EUR
SEK / USD
SEK / GBP
SEK / other currencies
net
47
11
2
7
Taking account of currency hedges, a one percentage point weak-
ening of the Swedish krona would have a positive impact of about
SEK 20 million on the Group’s earnings for 2010. See also note 2.
intereSt rateS. Based on the duration of the fixed interest
rate period and net debt at 31 December 2009, a one per-
centage point change in the average market interest rate
would have an impact of about SEK 20 million on earnings
for 2010. As loans at fixed rates of interest mature, the expo-
sure to changes in market interest rates will increase. Disre-
garding the fixed interest rate period, the exposure to a one
percentage point change in the market interest rate is
SEK 57 million. See also note 2.
keY aSSeSSMentS and eStiMateS. Note 27 provides an
account of key assessments and estimates that, were they to
change, could affect earnings in 2010.
SeaSOnaL effeCtS. Holmen’s earnings are spread relatively
evenly over the year. The main seasonal effects are that staff
and maintenance costs are lower during the third quarter,
maintenance costs are usually higher in the fourth quarter
and that a large part of electricity production at the hydro
power plants takes place during the first and fourth quarters.
share information
the Share. Holmen has 83 996 162 shares outstanding, of
which 22 623 234 are class A shares and 61 372 928 are
class B shares. The company also has 760 000 bought-back
class B shares held in treasury. Each A share carries 10 votes
and each B share carries one vote; in other respects, the
shares carry the same rights. Neither laws nor the company’s
articles of association place any restrictions on the transfer-
ability of the shares.
dividend. The Board proposes that the AGM, to be held on
24 March 2010, approves a lower dividend of SEK 7 (9) per
share, which corresponds to 4 per cent of the Group’s closing
equity. The proposal to reduce the dividend is due to the
lower profitability in the industry, chiefly for paper products.
The Group is also making investments, such as building a
new sawmill.
Holmen is reformulating its dividend target, which used to
be 5–7 per cent of the Group’s equity. Instead, decisions on
share dividends will be based on an appraisal of the Group’s
profitability, future investment plans and financial position.
Over the past ten years the ordinary dividend has aver-
aged 5 per cent of equity. This means that half of earnings
per share per year have been paid out by way of ordinary
dividends.
SharehOLderS. At the end of the year, the Holmen shares
held by L E Lundbergföretagen AB (corporate identity
number 556056-8817) accounted for 52.0 per cent of the
total number of votes and 28.0 per cent of the capital, which
means that a Group relationship exists between L E Lund-
bergföretagen, whose registered office is in Stockholm, and
Holmen. The Kempe Foundations’ holdings of Holmen
shares amounted to 16.9 per cent of the votes and 7.0 per
cent of the capital at year-end. No other individual share-
holder controlled as much as 10 per cent of the votes. A list
of major owners’ shareholdings is provided in the section on
the Holmen share and shareholders on pages 28–30. The
employees have no holdings of Holmen shares via a pension
fund or similar system. There is no restriction on how many
votes each shareholder may cast at the AGM.
According to the company’s articles of association, the
Board shall have 7–11 members, and they are elected at the
AGM. The company’s articles contain no other rules regard-
ing the appointment or dismissal of board members or
regarding amendments to the articles.
Share bUY-baCkS. The company has no specific target for
share buy-backs. A mandate to buy back up to 10 per cent of
the company’s shares has applied in recent years. Any buy-
backs are regarded as a complement to dividend payments to
adjust the capital structure when circumstances have been
deemed favourable. The AGM on 24 March 2009 renewed
the Board’s authorisation to make decisions to buy back up
to 10 per cent of the company’s total shares. No buy-backs
took place in 2009, but 760 000 B shares were repurchased
in 2008 to secure the company’s commitments as part of the
incentive scheme (see below).
The Board proposes that the 2010 AGM authorises the
Board to buy back and transfer up to 10 per cent of all shares
in the company.
inCentive SCheMe. In 2008 the Group’s employees were
invited to acquire call options on class B shares in Holmen at
market price (calculated by an independent bank). As a result,
1 492 people (one third of all employees) bought a total of
758 300 call options. The price of each option was SEK 20,
and their exercise price is SEK 224.50 per share. Each option
entitles the holder to purchase one share during the exercise
period in May/June 2013. Holmen’s commitments in the
scheme have been secured through buy-backs of own shares.
4 8
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
A dM InIs t rA tIo n r e p o r t
Guidelines for determining salaries and other
remuneration to members of senior management
The Board proposes that the 2010 AGM resolves in favour
of the following guidelines for determining salaries and other
remuneration for senior management. See note 5 on page 66
for the guidelines adopted by the AGM in 2009.
These guidelines refer to terms and conditions of employ-
ment for the CEO and other members of senior manage-
ment, namely the business area managers and heads of
Group staff functions who report directly to the CEO.
SaLar Y and Other reMUneratiOnS. The remuneration for the
CEO and the senior management shall consist of a fixed,
market-based salary. Other benefits, mainly car and accomo-
dation, shall, insofar as they are provided, represent a limited
part of the remuneration. No variable remuneration shall be
paid.
penSiOn. The normal retirement age shall be 65 years. The
company and the employee shall be mutually entitled to
request that pension be drawn from 60 years of age. Any pen-
sion drawn before 65 years of age shall be either defined benefit
or defined premium. Pension drawn after 65 years of age shall
be in accordance with the ITP plan. Over and above this, the
employee may also be entitled to a supplementary old age pen-
sion. In this case, there shall be a gradual transition from the
existing arrangement with a defined benefit pension to one in
which the pension is defined premium.
nOtiCe and SeveranCe paY. Discontinuation notice should nor-
mally be one year if it is given by the company, and six months
if it is given by the employee. In the event of notice being given
by the company, severance pay can be paid corresponding to
no more than 24 months’ salary. For new contracts, salary
during the period of notice and severance pay shall not exceed
a total of an amount equivalent to two years’ salary.
inCentive SCheMe. Any decision on a share and share price
based incentive scheme for senior company personnel shall
be made by the AGM.
reMUneratiOn COMMittee. A remuneration committee
appointed from among the members of the Board shall pre-
pare business pertaining to the CEO’s salary and other con-
ditions of employment and submit proposals on such issues
to the Board for decision. Detailed principles for determining
the salaries, pension rights and other remuneration to senior
management shall be laid down in a pay policy adopted by
the remuneration committee.
departUreS in individUaL CaSeS. The Board shall be entitled
to depart from these guidelines in individual cases should spe-
cial reasons exist. In the event of such a departure, informa-
tion thereon and the reasons therefore shall be submitted to
the next Annual General Meeting.
employees
hOLMen’S hr pOLiCY focuses on developing leadership, the
organisation and employees. HR work is governed by laws,
contracts and internal policies. Holmen’s combined HR poli-
cies constitute the Group’s approach to staff policy, and the
company has worked with strategic goals for its HR activ-
ities for several years.
the chief safety representative at Iggesund Mill talks to one of the operators.
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
4 9
A dM InIs t rA tIo n r e p o r t
The Group’s average number of employees in terms of
full-time equivalents was 4 577 (4 829) in 2009. The change
is due to staff cuts at Hallsta Paper Mill and the closure of
Wargön Mill.
the nUMber Of indUStriaL aCCidentS per 1 000 employees
resulting in more than eight hours of absence fell to 31 (38)
in the Group. Holmen aims to reduce the number of acci-
dents to fewer than 10 per 1 000 employees by 2011. No
fatal accidents have occurred involving any of the company’s
employees for a very long time.
tOtaL SiCkneSS abSenCe continued to decrease at Holmen’s
units as a result of various measures; it fell to 3.7 per cent
(4.3) in the Group in 2009.
the prOpOrtiOn Of feMaLe ManagerS at Holmen’s units is
increasing year after year and equalled 16 per cent (13) in
2009. The proportion of women employed in the Group was
19 per cent. The aim is for the proportion of female manag-
ers to correspond to the proportion of women employed.
Fourteen women are members of the management teams
of the Group, business areas and mills. Two of Holmen’s
Board members are women, one of whom was elected by the
AGM and the other is an employee representative. See note 5
and pages 36-38 for more details.
eMpLOYee SUrveY. The Holmen Inblick employee survey was
conducted in 2009. It showed that Holmen has become a
better workplace since the previous survey in 2007. Com-
pared to process industries in Europe, Holmen is well above
average. Many employees are committed to their work situa-
tion, which is illustrated by the response rate of 78 per cent.
Holmen earmarks significant resources each year to
develop employees’ skills. This mainly comprises increasing
professional competence and giving employees the opportu-
nity of advancing to more qualified positions.
WOrkfOrCe redUCtiOnS. In September Holmen decided to
shut down the older board machine at Workington Mill in
December 2009. As a result, Holmen reached an agreement
with the trade union organisations to reduce the number of
employees by 99.
The organisation in Braviken is undergoing an overhaul
to improve efficiency. Following trade union negotiations,
Holmen decided to make staff cuts that affect 95 employees.
By February 2010 a total of 35 people had accepted the offer
of a company pension or retirement pension, and 17 were
offered employment at Holmen’s new sawmill at Braviken.
Negotiations with the other employees had not yet been con-
cluded at that point.
environmental information
The environmental aspects of Holmen’s business are regulated
by laws and permits in each country. The allocation of environ-
mental responsibility and the organisation and management of
environmental activities are based on the Group’s environmen-
tal policy. At the production sites, various types of rules are
integrated as key elements in the planning of production and
investments. Holmen’s environmental policy focuses on the sig-
nificance to the business of energy and climate change issues.
The environmental standards at Holmen’s facilities are
high. This is a result of investments made in process and
treatment equipment, continuous improvements implement-
ed within the framework of the environmental and energy
management systems at the facilities and statutory supervi-
sion conducted by authorities.
The environmental activities largely comprise the plan-
ning of issues relating to environmental conditions set by rel-
evant government authorities. The main environmental
impact of Holmen’s facilities consists of emissions to air and
water and the occurrence of noise and waste. As considerable
attention is currently being given to energy and climate
change, fossil fuels and biofuels are of great interest.
Holmen actively aims to use electricity and heating efficient-
ly, reduce emissions of fossil carbon dioxide and increase its
self-sufficiency in terms of energy.
Several projects, studies and corrective measures related to
the environment were carried out in 2009. The following are a
sample.
•
•
•
•
A line for energy-efficient manufacture of thermo-
mechanical pulp (TMP) was inaugurated at Braviken
Paper Mill in 2008. Compared to the previous line, the
electricity required fell by 15–20 per cent in 2009. The
target is a 30 per cent reduction.
A new plant for chemical flotation has been in operation
since the end of the year next to the existing plant (from
1977) for wastewater treatment at Iggesund Mill. This will
ensure good conditions in the aquatic environment outside
the mill for a long time to come.
The Group’s total fossil carbon dioxide emissions fell by
about 35 per cent from 2008 levels. Emissions were halved
at the Swedish units. This was the result of gradually
replacing oil with biofuels and improving energy efficiency.
Since 2005, fossil carbon dioxide emissions have dropped
by almost 65 per cent in the Swedish operations.
Several studies were conducted in consultation with the
environmental authorities at industrial sites which have
been contaminated by business activities that have been
discontinued and where Holmen has run operations. In
2009, studies relating to the sawmills in Stocka, Håsta-
holmen and Lännaholm and the sulphite mills in
Strömsbruk, Domsjö and Loddby had reached various
stages. A survey concerning the mechanical pulp mill in
Bureå was initiated during the year.
5 0
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
•
Operations at Wargön Mill were closed down at the end of
2008. During 2009, work was carried out to assess the
presence of pollutants on the factory site and in buildings.
This work will be concluded in 2010.
aCtivitieS in SWeden. At the turn of 2009/2010 Holmen was
engaged in environmentally hazardous activities at five facili-
ties that require environmental permits pursuant to the
Swedish Environmental Protection Act or the Swedish Envi-
ronmental Code. The permits include conditions on emis-
sions allowed to air and water. The permits per facility are
shown below:
Hallsta Paper Mill
Braviken Paper Mill
Iggesund Mill
Skärnäs Terminal
Iggesund Sawmill
permits according to:
environmental
protection Act
environmental
Code
in 2000
in 2003
in 1994
in 2002
in 1999
Holmen also has a production unit in Strömsbruk with
operations that the company is obligated to report to author-
ities. The sales from these units accounted for 58 per cent of
the Group’s net sales.
In 2009, the first steps were taken to apply for a new envi-
ronmental permit pursuant to the Environmental Code at the
paperboard mill in Iggesund. Corresponding work was
launched during the year for Iggesund Sawmill. No other per-
mits of significance need to be renewed or revised in 2010.
Holmen is building a sawmill adjacent to Braviken Paper
Mill. The county administrative board granted a permit under
the Environmental Code in 2009 and issued related conditions
for the construction of the sawmill and the operations that
will be run there.
Holmen Energi produces electricity at Holmen’s wholly
and partly owned hydro power plants. The permits, held by all
the units, for water operations (regulations in the Environ-
mental Code) include environmental conditions. In 2006 a
decision by the Environmental Court gave the go-ahead to
construct a new power station on the River Iggesundsån. This
power plant has been in use since the end of 2009 and replaces
three old power stations on the site.
Reviews of past water rights decisions may be requested
under the Environmental Code. In the case of the river Ljusnan,
on which Holmen Energi co-owns a few hydro power plants,
such a review is now underway for expansion of production
capacity. In river Faxälven’s mountain lakes, of which Holmen
also has partial ownership, a review has started for regulation
of lake Limningen. The storage reservoir is on both Swedish
and Norwegian ground.
The Group’s mills are participating in the EU trade in car-
bon dioxide emission rights. The Swedish mills are also active
in the trading of electricity certificates.
The operations at the company’s facilities in Sweden were
A dM InIs t rA tIo n r e p o r t
certified at the turn of 2009/2010 in accordance with ISO
14001 (environmental management system) and SS 627750
(energy management system). The forestry operations were
certified in accordance with ISO 14001, Forest Stewardship
Council (FSC) and the Programme for the Endorsement of
Forest Certification schemes (PEFC).
During the year there were a number of cases of exceeded
threshold values, complaints and incidents in the industrial
and forestry operations. None of them had any environmental
impact or effect on earnings, and they were all resolved by
means of corrective measures in accordance with the opera-
tions’ environmental management systems.
aCtivitieS OUtSide SWeden. Of the Group’s operations out-
side Sweden, the facilities in Workington, the UK, and in
Madrid, Spain, have some kind of environmental impact.
The sales from these facilities accounted for 21 per cent of
the Group’s net sales.
In 2002, Workington Mill received an environmental per-
mit for its activities pursuant to the EU’s IPPC Directive. In
2006, Holmen Paper Madrid received an environmental per-
mit pursuant to the same Directive.
The mills in Workington and Madrid are certified in
accordance with ISO 14001. An energy management system
was introduced and certified at the mill in Madrid in 2009.
Workington Mill has been running its business in accordance
with a certifiable energy management system since the begin-
ning of 2008.
sustainability report
Holmen’s HR and environmental activities in 2009 are
described in the sustainability report titled Holmen and its
World 2009, which will be published at the end of March
2010. It will also be published on the website, where links to
supplementary environmental information will be available.
Together, these constitute Holmen’s complete sustainability
report for 2009.
the majority of seedlings planted in Holmen’s forests come
from the company’s own nurseries.
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
5 1
A d m i n i s t rA t i o n r e p o r t
Income statement
GroUp, seKm
Net sales
Other operating income
Change in inventories
Raw materials and consumables
Staff costs
Other operating costs
Depreciation and amortisation according to plan
Impairment losses
Change in value of biological assets
Interest in earnings of associates
operating profit
Finance income
Finance costs
profit before tax
Tax
profit for the year
Attributable to:
owners of the parent company
Earnings per share (SEK)
basic
diluted
Average number of shares (million)
basic
diluted
note
3
4
5
6, 21
10, 11
10, 11
12
13
7
7
8
9
9
2009
18 071
600
-381
-9 017
-2 662
-3 709
-1 320
-22
16
45
1 620
12
-267
1 366
-360
1 006
1 006
12.0
12.0
84.0
84.0
2008
19 334
755
106
-10 929
-2 965
-3 885
-1 343
-57
-16
50
1 051
17
-328
740
-98
642
642
7.6
7,6
84.3
84.3
Statement of comprehensive income
note
GroUp, seKm
profit for the year
other comprehensive income
Cash flow hedging
Revaluation of derivatives recognised in equity
Transferred from equity to the income statement
Transferred from equity to non-current assets
Actuarial gains and losses in respect of pensions,
incl. special employer’s contributions
Translation difference on foreign operation
Hedging of currency risk in foreign operation
Tax attributable to other comprehensive income
8
total other comprehensive income
total comprehensive income
Attributable to:
owners of the parent company
2009
1 006
567
343
-1
15
-256
254
-310
613
1 619
1 619
2008
642
-1 272
309
-1
-169
445
-541
452
-778
-135
-135
5 2
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
Balance sheet
GroUp at 31 december, seKm
non-current assets
Intangible non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Biological assets
Interests in associates
Other shares and participating interests
Non-current financial receivables
Deferred tax assets
total non-current assets
Current assets
Inventories
Trade receivables
Current tax receivable
Other operating receivables
Current financial receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
total current assets
total assets
equity
Share capital
Other contributed capital
Reserves
Retained earnings incl. profit for the year
total equity attributable to the owners of the parent company
non-current liabilities
Non-current financial liabilities
Pension provisions
Other provisions
Deferred tax liabilities
total non-current liabilities
Current liabilities
Current financial liabilities
Trade payables
Current tax liability
Provisions
Other operating liabilities
total current liabilities
total liabilities
total equity and liabilities
note
10
11
12
13
13
14
8
15
16
8
16
14
14
17
14
18
8, 19
8
14
20
8
19
20
For information on the Group’s pledged collateral and contingent liabilities see note 22.
A d m i n i s t rA t i o n r e p o r t
2009
27
12 473
11 109
1 770
10
151
304
25 845
2 850
2 712
22
490
74
182
6 331
32 176
4 238
281
-70
12 056
16 504
3 472
320
1 102
5 045
9 939
2 298
1 911
102
274
1 149
5 733
15 672
32 176
2008
106
13 142
11 080
1 824
11
87
342
26 593
3 434
3 144
141
548
88
653
8 009
34 602
4 238
281
-672
11 795
15 641
3 223
354
1 080
4 819
9 475
4 756
2 282
14
277
2 157
9 486
18 960
34 602
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
5 3
A d m i n i s t rA t i o n r e p o r t
Changes in equity
GroUp, seKm
opening equity 1 Jan 2008
Comprehensive income
Dividends paid
Buy-backs of company’s own shares
Premiums received for issued call options
Closing equity 31 dec 2008
Comprehensive income
Dividends paid
Closing equity 31 dec 2009
reserves
Share capital
Other contri b
uted capital
Translation
reserve
4 238
-
4 238
-
4 238
281
-
281
-
281
39
56
94
-68
26
Hedge
reserve
-55
-712
-767
670
-96
Retaind earn
ings incl. profit
for the year
12 429
521
-1 017
-153
15
11 795
1 017
-756
12 056
Total
equity
16 932
-135
-1 017
-153
15
15 641
1 619
-756
16 504
5 4
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
Cash flow statement
A d m i n i s t rA t i o n r e p o r t
note
26
26
GroUp, seKm
operating activities
Profit before tax
Adjustments for non-cash items
Depreciation and amortisation according to plan
Change in value of biological assets
Change in provisions
Other*
Paid income taxes
Cash flow from operating activities
before changes in working capital
Cash flow from changes in working capital
Change in inventories
Change in trade receivables and other operating receivables
Change in trade payables and other operating liabilities
Cash flow from operating activities
investing activities
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment
Disposal of property, plant and equipment
Acquisition of intangible non-current assets
Acquisition of biological assets
Disposal of biological assets
Increase in non-current financial receivables
Repayment of non-current financial receivables
Acquisition of shares and participating interests
Disposal of shares and participating interests
Cash flow from investing activities
Financing activities
Raised long-term loans
Repayments of long-term loans
Change in current financial liabilities
Change in current financial receivables
Buy-back of company’s own shares
Premiums received for issued call options
Dividends paid to the owners of the parent company
Cash flow from financing activities
Cash flow for the year
Opening cash and cash equivalents
Exchange difference in cash and cash equivalents
Closing cash and cash equivalents
2009
1 366
1 320
-16
15
-157
-334
2 195
621
445
-389
2 873
-747
28
0
-5
5
-107
3
-6
12
-818
1 492
-584
-2 672
-1
-
-
-756
-2 522
-467
653
-4
182
2008
740
1 343
16
310
128
-192
2 345
-373
-40
-273
1 660
-1 135
23
-8
-12
12
0
0
-5
2
-1 124
927
-109
31
17
-153
15
-1 017
-289
247
394
12
653
* Other adjustments primarily consist of currency effects and the marking to market of financial instruments, profit/loss from associates,
impairment losses and reversals of impairment losses on non-current assets as well as gains/losses on sale of non-current assets.
Change in net financial debt
Opening net financial debt
Cash flow
Operating activities
Investing activities (excl. non-current financial receivables)
Buy-back of company’s own shares
Premiums received for issued call options
Dividends paid
Actuarial revaluation of pension liability
Foreign exchange effects and changes in fair value
Closing net financial debt
2009
-7 504
2 873
-714
-
-
- 756
13
405
-5 683
2008
-5 977
1 660
-1 124
-153
15
-1 017
-162
-746
-7 504
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
5 5
A d m i n i s t rA t i o n r e p o r t
Parent company
inCome stAtement, seKm
note
2009
2008
CAsH FLoW stAtement, seKm
note
2009
2008
13 436
14 382
447
-368
-6 791
-1 929
-3 907
-27
861
1 156
0
18
-436
8
1 607
388
1 995
-331
1 664
596
101
-8 252
-2 320
-4 296
-24
186
15
1
91
-
-867
-575
-56
-630
195
-436
2009
1 664
2008
-436
operating activities
Profit/Loss after financial items
Adjustments for non-cash items
Depreciation and amortisation
according to plan
Change in provisions
Other *
Paid income taxes
Cash flow from operating activities
before changes in working capital
Cash flow from changes in working capital
Change in inventories
Change in operating receivables
Change in operating liabilities
Cash flow from operating activities
investing activities
Shareholders’ contribution paid
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment
Disposal of property, plant and equipment
Acquisition of intangible non-current assets
Disposal of intangible non-current assets
Increase in external non-current
financial receivables
Repayment of external non-current
financial receivables
Acquisition of subsidiaries
-1 470
Disposal of subsidiaries
516
403
-1
-242
677
323
-1
302
-845
2 341
-1 281
26
1 607
-575
27
24
-98
31
-323
451
624
-167
1 244
357
523
392
-298
1 861
-329
-40
8
-
-
-1
-2
-
-
-
-
-299
-128
87
18
-228
-49
15
-8
0
0
0
-208
0
-5
1
Acquisition of shares and participating interests
Disposal of shares and participating interests
Cash flow from investing activities
-363
-482
Financing activities
Raised external long-term loans
Repayments of external long-term loans
Change in other financial liabilities
26
Change in other financial receivables
Buyback of company’s own shares
Premiums received for issued call options
Dividends paid to the owners
of the parent company
Group contributions received
Group contributions paid
Cash flow from financing activities
Cash flow for the year
Opening cash and cash equivalents
Closing cash and cash equivalents
1 492
-563
-4 124
1 132
-
-
927
-106
386
1
-153
15
-756
-1 017
866
-
-1 952
-454
542
88
656
-4
703
239
303
542
* Other adjustments primarily consist of currency effects and the marking to
market of financial instruments, impairment losses on non-current assets as
well as gains/losses on sale of non-current assets.
Net sales
Other operating income
Change in inventories
Raw materials and consumables
Staff costs
Other external costs
Depreciation and amortisation
according to plan
operating profit
Income from interests in Group companies
Income from interests in associates
Interest income and similar income
Impairment losses on financial
non-current assets
Interest costs and similar costs
profit/Loss after financial items
Appropriations
profit/Loss before tax
Tax
profit/Loss for the year
3
4
5
6, 21
10,11
7
7
7
7, 24
7
25
8
stAtement oF CompreHensiVe inCome, seKm
profit/Loss for the year
other comprehensive income
Cash flow hedges
Revaluation of derivatives recognised in equity
Transferred from equity to the income statement
Transferred from equity to non-current assets
Tax attributable to other comprehensive income
total other comprehensive income
total comprehensive income
5 6
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
BALAnCe sHeet,
at 31 december, seKm
Assets
non-current assets
Intangible non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Financial non-current assets
Shares and participations
note
2009
2008
BALAnCe sHeet,
at 31 december, seKm
equity and liabilities
equity
10
11
15
76
Restricted equity
2 590
2 575
Share capital
Statutory reserve
13, 24
14 411
15 591
Revaluation reserve
Non-current financial receivables
14
2 629
2 722
Non-restricted equity
total non-current assets
19 645
20 963
Retained earnings incl. hedge reserve
Current assets
Inventories
Operating receivables
Current tax receivable
Current investments
Cash and cash equivalents
total current assets
total assets
15
16
8
14
14
2 142
2 371
2 629
2 764
-
74
88
117
88
542
4 675
6 140
24 320
27 103
Profit/Loss for the year
total equity
Untaxed reserves
provisions
Pension provisions
Tax provisions
Other provisions
Deferred tax liability
total provisions
Liabilities
Non-current financial liabilities
Current financial liabilities
Current tax liabilities
Operating liabilities
total liabilities
total equity and liabilities
pledged collateral and contingent liabilities
Pledged collateral
Contingent liabilities
A d m i n i s t rA t i o n r e p o r t
note
2009
2008
17
4 238
1 577
100
4 238
1 577
100
3 112
1 664
2 989
-436
10 691
8 468
25
2 363
2 751
18
8, 19
19
8
14
14
8
20
22
22
43
45
559
538
64
45
650
272
1 185
1 031
5 652
1 916
94
6 464
4 713
-
2 419
3 676
10 081
14 853
24 320
27 103
2009
2008
6
688
6
766
CHAnGes in eqUity, seKm
Share capital
Statutory
reserve
Revaluation
reserve
Hedge
reserve
Retained
earnings
Profit/Loss
for the year
Total equity
restricted equity
non-restricted equity
opening equity 1 Jan 2008
Appropriation of profits
Total comprehensive income
Group contributions received
Dividends paid
Buy-backs of company’s own shares
Premiums received for issued call options
4 238
1 577
100
19
-845
Closing equity 31 dec 2008
4 238
1 577
100
-826
Appropriation of profits
Total comprehensive income
Group contributions received
Dividends paid
Closing equity 31 dec 2009
677
4 238
1 577
100
-149
5 049
-548
472
-1 017
-153
15
3 815
-436
638
-756
3 261
-548
548
-436
-436
436
1 664
10 435
-
-1 281
472
-1 017
-153
15
8 468
-
2 341
638
-756
1 664
10 691
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
5 7
n o t e s
Notes to the financial statements
Amounts in SEKm, except where otherwise stated
note 1 Accounting policies
The accounting policies for the Group presented below have been applied con
sistently to all periods included in the Group’s financial statements except where
otherwise stated below. The Group’s accounting policies have been applied con
sistently to the reporting by and the consolidation of the parent company, sub
sidiaries and associates.
Compliance with standards and statutory
requirements
The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with International
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) issued by the International Accounting
Standards Board (IASB) and the interpretative recommendations issued by the
International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC), which have
been approved by the EU. The Swedish Financial Reporting Board’s recommenda
tion (RFR 1.2 Supplementary Accounting Rules for Groups) has also been applied.
The parent company applies the same accounting policies as the Group except
in the cases that are commented on separately under each section. The parent
company’s accounts are prepared in accordance with RFR 2.2 Accounting for
Legal Entities. The differences between the policies applied by the parent com
pany and those applied by the Group are due to restrictions in the possibilities of
the parent company to apply IFRS as a consequence of the Swedish Annual
Accounts Act, Tryggandelagen (a Swedish act safeguarding pension obligations),
and in some cases due to tax reasons.
Valuation principles applied in preparing of the
financial statements of the parent company and
the Group
Assets and liabilities are stated at acquisition cost, except for biological assets and
certain financial assets and liabilities, which are valued at fair value. In the parent
company biological assets and financial liabilities are not valued at fair value.
Functional currency and reporting currency
The functional currency is the currency used in the primary financial environ
ments in which the companies conduct their business. The parent company’s
functional currency is the Swedish krona, (SEK), which is also the reporting cur
rency of the parent company and the Group. This means that the financial reports
are presented in Swedish kronor.
Assessments and estimates in the financial
statements
Preparing the financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires the compa
ny’s management to make assessments and estimates, as well as to make as
sumptions that affect the application of the accounting policies and the recog
nised amounts for assets, liabilities, income and costs. The actual outcome may
deviate from these assessments and estimates.
The estimates and assumptions are reviewed regularly. Changes in estimates are
recognised in the accounts for the period in which the change is made if the
change only affects that period, or in the period the change is made and in later
periods if the change affects current and coming periods. See also note 27 Key
assessments and estimates.
Changes in accounting policies
The following section describes the amended accounting policies that the Group
has applied since 1 January 2009. Other IFRS amendments effective as of 2009
have had no material impact on the Group’s accounts.
Presentation of the financial statements
The Group has applied the amended IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements
since 1 January 2009. As a result of the amendment, income and costs previous
ly recognised directly in equity are instead now recognised in other comprehen
sive income, which Holmen presents in a separate statement titled statement of
comprehensive income, directly following the income statement. Another result
of the amendment is that Holmen has added a statement of changes in equity.
Comparative periods have been adapted throughout the annual report to follow
the new presentation. The changes only affect presentation, so no amounts have
been restated – neither regarding earnings per share nor other line items in the fi
nancial statements.
segment reporting
The Group has applied the new IFRS 8 Operating Segments since 1 January
2009; this replaces IAS 14 Segment Reporting. IFRS 8 introduces a management
perspective on how to define and present operating segments. The standard has
been applied in accordance with its transitional provisions, by adapting the data
for the comparative year to the requirements in IFRS 8. Application of IFRS 8 has
not entailed any change to segmentation at Holmen, because the segments
identified according to IAS 14 are those that Holmen’s president and CEO follows
up. The company continues to apply the same accounting policies in its operat
ing segments as in the consolidated accounts, i.e. IFRSs, so none of the recog
nised amounts have changed from those previously recognised.
Disclosures about financial instruments
As a result of amendments to IFRS 7 Financial Instruments, disclosures applicable
as of 1 January 2009 affect Holmen’s financial reporting, starting with the annual re
port for 2009. The amendments mainly comprise new requirements on disclosures
about financial instruments measured at fair value on the balance sheet. Each in
strument is classified as belonging to one of three levels depending on the quality of
the input data in the measurement. The classification determines which disclosures
to state about the instruments and how to disclose them; level 3, with the lowest in
put data quality, is subject to more disclosure requirements than the other levels.
These disclosure requirements primarily affected notes 7 and 14. The IFRS 7
amendments also entail certain changes to liquidity risk disclosures. Pursuant to the
transitional provisions in IFRS 7, comparative data have not been stated during the
first year of application for the disclosures required by the amendments.
Borrowing costs
The Group has applied the amended IAS 23 Borrowing Costs since 1 January
2009. As a result of the amendment, the Group capitalises borrowing costs in the
acquisition cost of qualifying assets with a commencement date of 1 January
2009 or later. Previously, borrowing costs affected profit/loss in the period to
which they were attributable instead of being capitalised. The amendment is be
ing applied prospectively, in accordance with the transitional provisions in IAS 23.
For a more detailed description of this accounting policy, see the section titled
Finance income and costs further on in this note.
new and amended accounting policies applicable as of 2010
A number of new or amended IFRSs are not effective until the coming financial
year, and Holmen has opted not to apply any of these standards in advance.
Similarly, there are no plans to apply any of the new or amended standards in ad
vance that come into effect in financial years after 2010. New or amended IFRSs
applicable as of 2010 are not estimated to have any material impact on the finan
cial statements.
Parent company
In addition to the amended accounting policies stated above for the Group, the
following changes affected the parent company in 2009.
Recommendation RFR 2.2. Accounting for Legal Entities, issued by the Swedish
Financial Reporting Board, states that the amended version of IAS 1 Presentation
of Financial Statements shall be applied with certain exceptions. One effect for
the parent company compared to previous reporting is that a statement of com
prehensive income has been added after the income statement. Another effect is
that Holmen has added a statement of changes in equity.
segment reporting
The Group’s operations are divided into operating segments, based on which
5 8
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
n o t e s
parts of the operation the company’s highest executive decisionmaker follows
up, known as the management approach. The segmentation criterion is based on
the Group’s business areas. This agrees with the Group’s operating structure and
the internal reporting to the CEO and the Board. The items recognised in the in
come, assets and liabilities of the operating segment are measured in accord
ance with the income, assets and liabilities that the company’s highest executive
decisionmaker follows up. See note 3 for more details of the classification and
presentation of operating segments.
Classification etc
Substantially, noncurrent assets, noncurrent liabilities and provisions consist
solely of amounts that are expected to be recovered or paid more than 12
months after the balance sheet date. Substantially, current assets and current
liabilities consist of amounts that are expected to be recovered or paid within
12 months of the balance sheet date.
Consolidation principles
subsidiaries
A subsidiary is a company over which the parent company, Holmen AB, exer
cises control. Control means the right directly or indirectly, to formulate a com
pany’s financial and operative strategies with the object of obtaining economic
benefits. In the determination of whether one company has control over another,
potential shares with an entitlement to vote and that can be exercised or convert
ed at short notice are taken into account.
The consolidated financial statements are prepared using the acquisition meth
od, whereby the parent company indirectly acquires the assets and assumes the
liabilities of the subsidiary, valued at fair value. The difference between the acqui
sition cost of the shares and the fair value of the acquired identifiable net assets
is treated as goodwill. The subsidiary companies’ income and costs, and their
assets and liabilities, are stated in the consolidated financial statements as of the
date when the Group gains control (acquisition date) until such time as the Group
no longer has control. IntraGroup receivables and liabilities, transactions be
tween companies in the Group and therewith related unrealised gains are elimi
nated in their entirety.
Associates
Shareholdings in associates, in which the Group controls a minimum of 20 per
cent and a maximum of 50 per cent of the votes, or otherwise exercises a signifi
cant influence, are stated in accordance with the equity method.
The equity method means that the carrying amount of the shares in the associ
ates stated in the consolidated accounts corresponds to the Group’s interest in
the associates’ equity and any fair value adjustments arising upon consolidation.
The Group’s interest in the net earnings of associates after tax attributable to par
ent company owners adjusted for any amortisation or reversal of acquired fair
value adjustments. respectively is stated in the consolidated income statement
as “Interest in earnings of associates”. Dividends received from the associates
reduce the carrying amount of the investment. Unrealised gains arising as a con
sequence of transactions with associates are eliminated in relation to the owned
share of capital.
When the Group’s interest in the recognised losses of the associates exceeds the
carrying amount of the interests stated in the consolidated accounts’ the value of
the interests is written down to zero. Losses are also offset against unsecured
longterm financial balances that, in financial terms, consist of part of the owning
company’s net investment in the associates. Any further losses are not recog
nised unless the Group has provided guarantees to cover losses incurred by the
associates. The equity method is applied until such time as the significant influ
ence no longer exists.
Foreign currency
transactions denominated in foreign currencies
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency at
the exchange rates prevailing on the transaction dates. Monetary assets and lia
bilities in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency at closing
rates. Exchange differences arising on such translations are stated in the income
statement. Nonmonetary assets and liabilities that are stated at historical acqui
sition cost are translated at the exchange rates prevailing on the transaction date.
Financial statements of foreign operations
The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and other fair
value adjustments arising on consolidation, are translated in the consolidated fi
nancial statements, from the foreign operation’s functional currency, to the
Group’s reporting currency (Swedish kronor) at closing rates. The income and
costs of foreign operations are translated into Swedish kronor at an average rate
that is an approximation of the exchange rates prevailing on the date of each
transaction. Differences arising during the currency translation of foreign opera
tions and the related effects of hedging net investments are recognised in other
comprehensive income and are accumulated in a separate component of equity
called the translation reserve. In the disposal of a foreign operation, the accumu
lated translation differences attributable to the business are realised, less any
currency hedging, in the consolidated income statement. The company opted to
value the accumulated translation differences attributable to foreign operations
at zero at the time of the changeover to IFRS.
Companies operating on behalf of the parent
company
The parent company’s business is largely conducted through companies operat
ing on its behalf: Holmen Paper AB, Iggesund Paperboard AB, Holmen Timber
AB, Holmen Skog AB and Holmen Energi AB.
The parent company is liable for all commitments entered into by these compa
nies. All income, costs, assets and liabilities, which arise in the operations con
ducted by the companies, are recognised in Holmen AB’s accounts except most
parts of investments made as well as some sale of forest properties, that are in
stead recognised in some of the Group’s subsidiaries.
Income
net sales
Net sales refers to invoiced sales (excluding value added tax) of products, wood
and energy. The amount recognised is reduced by discounts, and similar reduc
tions in income, and also includes exchange differences related to the sales.
Sales are recognised after the critical risks and benefits associated with owner
ship of the sold goods have been transferred to the buyer, and there is no remain
ing right or possibility to retain actual control over the sold goods.
other operating income
Income from activities not forming part of the company’s main business is stated
as other operating income. This item mainly comprises sales of biproducts, rent
and land lease income, income from allotted electricity certificates, income
earned from emission rights and gains/losses on sales of noncurrent assets.
State grants are recognised in the balance sheet as deferred income when it is
reasonably certain that the grant will be received and that the Group will satisfy
the conditions associated with the grant. Grants are distributed systematically in
the income statement in the same way and over the same periods as the costs
the grants are intended to cover. State grants related to assets are recognised in
the balance sheet as a reduction in the carrying amount of the asset.
Finance income and costs
Finance income and costs consist of interest income and interest costs, dividend
income and revaluations of financial instruments valued at fair value, as well as
unrealised and realised currency gains and losses. Interest income on receiva
bles and interest costs on liabilities are calculated by using the effective interest
method. Interest costs include transaction costs for loans, which have been dis
tributed over the duration of the loan; this also applies to any difference between
the funds received and the repayment amount. Dividend income is recognised
when the dividend is established and the right to receive payment is judged to be
certain.
Interest costs normally affect profit/loss in the period to which they relate.
Borrowing costs attributable to the purchase, construction or production of qual
ifying assets are to be capitalised as part of the asset’s cost. A qualifying asset is
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
5 9
n o t e s
an asset that takes a substantial period of time to get ready for intended use.
Borrowing costs for significant investment projects are capitalised in the Group.
Note 11 describes the method applied.
taxes
Income taxes comprise current tax and deferred tax. Income taxes are recognised
in the income statement except when underlying transactions are recognised in
other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which case the associated tax
effect is also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity.
Current tax is the tax to be paid or received for the year in question, using the tax
rates that have been decided on, or to all intents and purposes have been decided
on at the balance sheet date. This also includes any adjustment to current tax at
tributable to previous periods. Deferred tax is calculated using the balance sheet
method on the basis of temporary differences between carrying amounts and
values for tax purposes of assets and liabilities, applying the tax rates and rules
that have been approved or announced at the balance sheet date. Temporary differ
ences are not taken into account in goodwill arising upon consolidation, nor in
tempo rary differences attribut able to interests in subsidiaries and associates that
are not expected to become liable to taxation in the foreseeable future. In the
parent company’s accounts, untaxed reserves are recognised inclusive of deferred
tax liability.
Deferred tax assets in respect of taxdeductible temporary differences and loss
carryforwards are recognised only to the extent that it is likely they will be uti
lised and entail lower tax payments in the future. Deferred tax assets and
deferred tax liabilities in the same country are recognised net.
earnings per share
The calculation of earnings per share (EPS) is based on the Group’s profit for the
year attributable to the parent company’s owners and the weighted average
number of shares outstanding during the year. In calculating diluted EPS, the
earnings and the average number of shares are adjusted to take account of the
effects of any potential ordinary shares having a diluting effect, which during
reported periods stem from call options acquired by employees within the frame
work of the incentive scheme. The dilution effect of options affects the number of
shares and only arises when the exercise price is lower than the listed price, and
is larger the wider the spread between the exercise price and the listed price.
Financial instruments
Financial instruments are valued and recognised in the consolidated financial state
ments in accordance with IAS 39. The parent company applies the same policies,
subject to the restrictions referred to in Chapter 4 Section 14 of the Swedish Annual
Accounts Act.
A financial asset or liability is stated in the balance sheet when the company be
comes a party in accordance with the contractual conditions of the instrument. A
financial asset is removed from the balance sheet when the rights referred to in
the contract have been realised or mature, or when the company no longer has
control over them. A financial liability is removed from the balance sheet when the
undertaking in the contract is performed or expires in some other way. Spot
transactions are stated in accordance with the settlement date principle.
Bank balances, loan receivables and trade receivables are measured at amor
tised cost. Impairment testing is performed continually, using objective criteria
for such assets. Impairment losses are recognised for the asset if impairment is
established. However, a provision is made if a loss is anticipated. Criteria taken
into account when making a provision may include nonpayment of invoices or
other indications that the debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. Shares and
participating interests not related to Group companies or associates are meas
ured at cost. Measurement at fair value could not be applied, because reliable
market values could not be established.
Financial liabilities are valued initially at the value of funds received after deduction
of any transaction costs. Normally, the liabilities are valued regularly at their amor
tised cost using the effective interest method. In those cases where funds received
fall short of the amount to be repaid, the difference is allocated over the duration of
the loan using the effective interest method. Loans hedged against changes in
value and loans recognised on the basis of the fair value option are initially recog
nised excluding any transaction costs and on an ongoing basis at their fair value.
The fair value option has been applied to one loan with the object of arriving at a
fairer presentation of results and thereby reflecting changes in the value of the in
terest rate swap that belongs to the loan. In the parent company, no loans were
measured at fair value. Profit/loss from financial instruments is recognised in net
financial items or operating profit/loss, depending on the purpose of the holding.
Derivatives and hedge accounting
All derivatives are valued at fair value and are recognised in the balance sheet.
More or less all derivatives are held for hedging purposes.
Cash flow hedges’ effective share of changes in value is recognised in other
comprehensive income until the time when the hedged item influences the in
come statement, when the accumulated changes in value are transferred from
other comprehensive income to the income statement to meet and match the
hedged transaction. In the case of hedging investments, the acquisition cost of
the hedged item is instead adjusted when it occurs. The ineffective part of the
hedge is recognised directly in the income statement.
For the hedging of fair value, the change in the value of the derivative is recog
nised directly in the income statement. Changes in the value of the hedged item
are recognised in a corresponding way.
Changes in the value of hedges relating to net investments in foreign businesses
are recognised in the income statement for the parent company and in the other
comprehensive income for the Group. Accumulated changes in value are re
tained in Group equity until the business is disposed of, when the accumulated
changes in value are recognised in the income statement. In the case of deriva
tives that do not fulfil the criteria for hedge accounting, the changes in value are
recognised within operating profit/loss or within net financial items, depending on
the purpose of the holding.
Computation of fair value
The fair value of financial instruments traded on an active market is based on list
ed market prices and belongs to measurement level 1 as per IFRS 7. Where there
are no listed market prices, fair value has been computed using discounted cash
flows. In calculating discounted cash flows, all variables used in the calculation –
such as discount rates and exchange rates – are taken from market listings where
possible. These measurements belong to level 2. Other measurements, for which
a variable is based on the company’s own assessments, belong to level 3.
Holmen’s transactions mainly belong to level 2, except for one transaction classi
fied as level 3. Currency options were measured using the Black & Scholes
formula.
Intangible non-current assets
Goodwill represents the difference between the acquisition cost of business
combinations and the fair value of the acquired assets, assumed liabilities and
contingent liabilities. Goodwill is valued at acquisition cost less any accumulated
impairment losses. Goodwill arising in connection with the acquisition of associ
ates is included in the carrying amount of the interest in such companies.
Research costs are expensed when they are incurred. Development costs are
only capitalised in the case of major projects to the extent that their future finan
cial benefits can be reliably assessed. Other development expenditure is recog
nised in the income statement as costs when incurred. Development costs rec
ognised in the balance sheet are stated at their acquisition cost less accumulated
amortisation and impairment losses.
Intangible noncurrent assets also include patents, licences and IT systems.
Intangible noncurrent assets are amortised over periods of between five and ten
years, except for goodwill. Any goodwill is allotted to cashgenerating units and
is tested for impairment annually. The Group does not currently recognise any
goodwill.
Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at acquisition cost after deduction of
accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses. Property, plant and equip
ment that consist of parts with different useful lives are treated as separate com
6 0
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
n o t e s
ponents of property, plant and equipment. Additional expenditure is capitalised
only if it is estimated to generate financial benefits for the company. The key fac
tor determining whether or not additional expenditure is capitalised is if it relates
to the replacement of identified components or parts thereof, in which case the
expenditure is capitalised. The cost is also capitalised in cases where a new
component is created. Any undepreciated carrying amounts for replaced compo
nents or parts of components are retired and expensed in connection with the
replacement.
The carrying amount of an item of property, plant or equipment is removed from
the balance sheet in connection with retirement or disposal of the asset or when
no future financial benefits can be expected from the use of the asset. The gain or
loss arising on the retirement or disposal of an asset consists of the difference
between the selling price and the carrying amount of the asset, less any direct
selling costs. Gain and losses are recognised in the accounts as other operating
income/costs.
Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of acquisition cost or production cost after de
duction for necessary obsolescence, or net realisable value. The acquisition cost
of inventories is calculated by using the First in, First out method (FIFO). The net
realisable value is the estimated selling price in operating activities after deduc
tion of the estimated costs of completion and effecting the sale. The acquisition
cost of finished products manufactured by the company comprises direct pro
duction costs and a reasonable share of indirect costs.
Emission rights received are initially recognised at market price when allotted
among inventories and as deferred income. During the year the allocation is rec
ognised as income at the same time as an interim liability, corresponding to emis
sions made, is expensed.
employee benefits
Depreciation according to plan is based on original acquisition cost less any
impairment losses. Depreciation takes place on a straightline basis over the
estimated useful life of the asset. Land is not depreciated.
Pension costs and pension commitments
Commitments to pay premiums to defined contribution plans are recognised as a
cost in the income statement as and when they are earned.
the following useful lives (years) are used:
Machinery for hydro power production
Administrative and warehouse buildings, residential properties
Production buildings, land installations, and
machinery for pulp, paper and paperboard production
Machinery for sawmills
Other machinery
Forest roads
Equipment
20–40
20–33
20
12
10
10
4
The Group’s net commitment in respect of defined benefit plans is calculated
separately for each plan by estimating the future benefits the em ployees will have
earned by virtue of their employment in current and earlier periods; these benefits
are discounted to their present value and any unrecognised costs in respect of
employment during earlier periods and the fair value of any plan assets are de
ducted. The discount rate is the interest rate at the balance sheet date for a first
class corporate bond with a duration corresponding to the Group’s pension com
mitments. If there is no active market for such corporate bonds the market inter
est rate for government bonds with a corresponding duration is used instead.
The calculation is performed by a qualified actuary using the projected unit credit
method for the part of the pension commitments that is defined benefit.
If there is any indication that the carrying amount is too high, an analysis is made in
which the recoverable value of single or inherently related assets is determined at
the higher of the net selling price and the utility value. The net selling price is the es
timated selling price after deduction of the estimated cost of selling the asset. The
utility value is measured as expected future discounted cash flow. An impairment
loss consists of the amount by which the recoverable amount falls short of the car
rying amount. Impairment loss is reversed if there has been any positive change in
the circumstances upon which the determination of the recoverable amount is
based. A reversal may be made up to, but not exceeding, the carrying amount that
would have been recognised, less depreciation, if there had been no impairment.
Leasing
In the consolidated accounts lease agreements are classified as finance leases
or operating leases. The leasing of noncurrent assets for which the Group is
substantially exposed to the same risks and benefits as if the asset were directly
owned is classified as finance leases. The leasing of assets over which the lessor
substantially retains ownership is classified as operating leases and the leasing
charge is expensed. Within the Group all lease agreements are classified as oper
ating leases.
Biological assets
The Group divides all its forest assets for accounting purposes into growing for
ests, which are recognised as biological assets at fair value, and land, which is
stated at acquisition cost. Any changes in the fair value of the growing forests are
recognised in the income statement. Holmen’s assessment is that there are no
relevant market prices availiable that can be used to value forest holdings as ex
tensive as Holmen’s. They are therefore valued by estimating the present value of
expected future cash flows from the growing forests. See note 12.
In the parent company, biological assets are valued in accordance with RFR 2.2.
This means that biological assets classified as noncurrent assets are recognised
at acquisition cost adjusted for revaluations taking into account the need, if any,
for impairment in value.
Felling rights are stated as inventories. They are acquired with a view to secure
Holmen’s raw material requirements through harvesting. Any measurable biologi
cal change does not occur between the acquisition date and harvesting.
When the present value of the commitments and the fair value of plan assets are
being determined, actuarial gains and losses may arise, either as a result of the
actual outcome deviating from earlier assumptions or because the assumptions
are changed. Actuarial gains and losses are recognised directly in other compre
hensive income.
When the benefits provided by a plan are improved, the proportion of the im
provement in the benefit that is attributable to the employees’ employment dur
ing earlier periods is recognised as a cost in the income statement and is distrib
uted on a straightline basis over the average period until the benefits have been
fully earned. If the benefit has been earned in full, a cost is recognised directly in
the income statement.
In the parent company’s accounts, different grounds are used for computation of
defined benefit pension plans than those referred to in IAS 19. The parent com
pany complies with the provisions of the Swedish pension security law
(Tryggandelagen) and the Swedish Financial Supervisory Authority’s regulations,
because this is a condition for the right to make deductions for tax purposes. The
main differences in relation to the rules in IAS 19 relate to how the discount rate of
interest is established, the computation of the defined benefit commitment on
the basis of the current pay level without any assumption regarding pay incre
ments in the future, and the recognition of all actuarial gains and losses in the in
come statement when they arise.
When there is a difference between how the pension cost is arrived at in the legal
entity and in the Group, a provision or a receivable is recognised in the consoli
dated accounts in respect of special employer’s contribution tax based on this
difference. The present value of the provision or receivable is not calculated.
termination benefits
Termination benefits in connection with the termination of employment contracts
are only recognised in the accounts if it is shown that the Group has an obliga
tion, without any reasonable possibility of withdrawing it, as a result of a formal,
detailed plan to terminate an employment contract before the normal date. When
benefits are paid in the form of an offer to encourage voluntary departure, a cost
is recognised if it is likely that the offer will be accepted and the number of em
ployees who will accept the offer can be reliably estimated.
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
6 1
n o t e s
short-term benefits
Shortterm benefits to employees are calculated without being discounted and
are recognised as a cost when the related services are provided.
Incentive scheme
The Holmen Group’s incentive scheme that runs from 2008 until 2013 is not sub
ject to the rules in IFRS 2 Sharebased Payment, because the employees were
invited to acquire call options at their market price.
equity
Consolidated equity comprises share capital, other contributed capital, translation
and hedge reserves and retained earnings, including profit/loss for the year. Other
contributed capital refers to premiums paid in conjunction with share issues. The
translation reserve consists of all exchange differences that arise in the translation
of foreign operations’ financial statements that are prepared in a currency other
than Swedish kronor. The translation reserve also includes exchange differences
arising in connection with the revaluation of liabilities and derivatives that are clas
sified as instruments for hedging a net investment in a foreign operation, including
tax. The hedge reserve comprises the effective proportion of the accumulated net
change in the fair value of a cash flow hedging instrument attributable to underlying
transactions that have not yet occurred, including tax. Retained earnings comprise
all other parts of equity, including profit/loss for the year.
Holdings of shares bought back are stated as a reduction in retained earnings.
Acquisitions of the company’s own shares are stated as a deduction, and pro
ceeds from the disposal of the company’s own shares are stated as an increase.
Transaction costs are charged directly to retained earnings.
Group contributions and shareholder
contributions for legal entities
Group contributions and shareholder contributions are recognised in the parent
company in accordance with statement UFR 2 of the Swedish Financial
Reporting Board. Shareholder contributions are recognised directly in equity of
the recipient and capitalised under shares and participating interests of the donor
to the extent that no impairment in value applies. Group contributions are recog
nised on the basis of their financial implications. For example, this means that
Group contributions paid or received in order to minimise the Group’s total tax
are recognised directly in retained earnings after deduction of their current tax
effect.
Miscellaneous
The figures presented are rounded off to the nearest integer or equivalent.
The absence of a value is indicated by a dash ().
note 2 Financial risk management
The Group’s and the parent company’s financial activities and financial risk man
agement are centralised within Group Finance. The activities are based on a finan
cial policy established by the Board and are characterised by a low level of risk. The
purpose is to minimise the Group’s capital costs by using suitable means of financ
ing and to manage and control the Group’s financial risks effectively. The most im
portant aspects of this management are described below. Credit risks related to
the Group’s customers are managed by the relevant business areas and are de
scribed in Note 16 Operating receivables.
The parent company’s equity comprises share capital, statutory reserves, re
valuation reserves, retained earnings and profit/loss for the year.
Currency risk
The parent company’s statutory reserve consists of previous compulsory provi
sions to the statutory reserve plus amounts added to the share premium reserve
before 1 January 2006. The parent company’s revaluation reserve contains
amounts set aside in connection with the revaluation of property, plant and
equipment or noncurrent financial assets. Retained earnings comprise all other
parts of equity, such as hedge reserves and transactions as a result of share buy
backs. The parent company applies the same accounting policies as the Group
for these items; see above.
Provisions
A provision is recognised in the balance sheet when the Group has a legal or in
formal commitment as a consequence of a past event and it is likely there will be
an outflow of financial resources to settle the commitment and a reliable estimate
of the amount can be made. A provision to cover restructuring is recognised once
the Group has established a detailed and formal restructuring plan and the re
structuring process has either begun or been publicly announced.
Provisions are made for environmental measures that relate to earlier activities
when contamination arises or is discovered, it is likely that a payment obligation
will arise, and the amount can be estimated reliably.
Reserves to cover future silvicultural fees are calculated on the basis of interpre
tations of the applicable forestry laws and regulations whenever it is likely that a
payment obligation will arise and once the amount can be assessed to a reason
able extent.
Contingent liabilities
A contingent liability is recognised when there is a potential commitment that
originates in past events, the existence of which will be confirmed only by one or
more uncertain future events, or when there is a commitment that is not recog
nised as a liability or provision because it is not likely that an outflow of re
sources will be required.
transaction exposure
A significant proportion of Holmen’s sales revenue is in currencies different from
its costs. To reduce the effect of exchange rate fluctuations on earnings, Holmen
hedges its net flows, mainly using currency forward contracts, sometimes sup
plemented by currency options. The net flows in euro, sterling and US dollars for
the coming four months are always hedged. These normally correspond to trade
receivables and outstanding orders. The Board can decide to hedge flows for a
longer period if this is deemed suitable in light of the products’ profitability, com
petitive position and the currency situation.
At the beginning of 2009, the Group had currency hedges for the majority of estimat
ed payment flows in euro for 2009 and some of the flows in sterling and US dollars.
Gains/losses on currency hedges are recognised in operating profit/loss as and
when the hedged items are recognised and in 2009 they amounted to a loss of
SEK 408 million (loss of 336). At yearend 2009 about 70 per cent of the estimated
net currency flows for 2010 were hedged, some 60 per cent of those for 2011 and
roughly 20 per cent of estimated flows for 2012; see the table.
transaction exposure at 31 December 2009, seKm*
12 months
estimated
net flows
4 700
1 100
250
650
2010
Hedges
2011
Hedges
2012
Hedges
seKm rate** % seKm rate** % seKm rate** %
4 200
9.70 90 3 600 10.63 85 1 100 10.45 25
350
6.94 30
50 11.44 20
50
6 700
4 650
3 600
1 100
EUR
USD
GBP
Other
total
* The figures in the table have been rounded off.
** This rate equals the average hedging rate.
The fair value of outstanding transaction hedges at 31 December 2009 amounted
to SEK 93 million (1 123); SEK 48 million (123) was recognised in the income
statement for 2009, and the remainder in other comprehensive income as hedge
accounting is applied, of which SEK 162 million for 2010, SEK 108 million for
2011 and SEK 10 million for 2012.
Currency exposure arising when investments are paid for in a foreign currency is
6 2
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
n o t e s
distinguished from other transaction exposure. Normally, 90–100 per cent of the
currency exposure associated with major investments is hedged. The fair value
of hedges for investment purchases is recognised in other comprehensive in-
come until the hedge expires. Then, the gain/loss is added to the cost of the non-
current asset that was hedged. At 31 December 2009 there were no outstanding
hedges for investment purchases. During the period SEK 1 million affected the
acquisition cost of hedged items.
translation exposure
The Group’s reported profit/loss is affected by changes in exchange rates when
the profits/losses of foreign subsidiaries are translated into Swedish kronor. This
exposure is normally not hedged. The Group’s equity is affected by changes in
exchange rates when assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are translated
into Swedish kronor. The need to hedge this exposure (known as equity hedging)
is judged from case to case and is arranged on the basis of the value of net as-
sets upon consolidation. The hedges take the form of currency forward contracts
or foreign currency loans.
net assets and equity hedges at 31 December 2009, seKm
EUR
GBP
Other
net assets
equity hedge
4 314
4 148
1 382
32
456
-
Gains on equity hedges amounted to SEK 254 million (loss of 541) in 2009 and are
recognised in other comprehensive income as hedge accounting is applied (after
deduction of tax SEK 187 million). In the parent company accounts, this gain is rec-
ognised in the income statement. The translation of net foreign assets had a nega-
tive impact of SEK 255 million (positive: 445) on consolidated equity. The fair value
of outstanding equity hedges at 31 December 2009 was SEK -159 million (-456), of
which SEK -193 million relates to loans and SEK 34 million to financial derivatives.
The accumulated change in value resulting from an equity hedge is recognised in
the consolidated income statement if the hedged foreign operation is disposed of.
The effect of changes in exchange rates on consolidated operating profit is de-
scribed in the administration report on page 48. A one percentage point depre-
ciation in the Swedish kronor exchange rate would have a negative impact of
SEK 82 million on equity, including translation of foreign subsidiaries’ accounts.
Interest rate risk
The Group’s financing costs are influenced by changes in market interest rates. The
fixed interest period for the Group’s financial assets and liabilities is normally short.
The Board can decide to lengthen the period in order to limit the effect of a rise in in-
terest rates. During the year, the average fixed interest rate period varied between 19
and 22 months and was 22 months at the end of 2009. Derivatives in the form of in-
terest rate swaps and FRAs are used to manage the fixed interest period without al-
tering the underlying loans. At 31 December 2009 the fair value of these instruments
was a negative amount of SEK 60 million (negative: 132), which is recognised in oth-
er comprehensive income as hedge accounting is applied. This value is expected to
be recognised in the income statement during 2010 and later. The fixed interest peri-
od of the net debt, the breakdown by currency and the average interest rate for vari-
ous fixed rate periods are shown in the table below, in which derivatives that affect
the currency distribution and fixed interest period of the liabilities are taken into
account.
Fixed interest period, net financial debt, at 31 December 2009, seKm
SEK
EUR
GBP
Other currencies
total
-1 yr 1-3 yrs 3-5 yrs
>5 yrs other
-1 525
51
-
-1 533
-
-3 944
-2 787
-736
-55
-361
-280
66
-9
66
-
-
-
-
-
-
-43
-6
-271
-1
net financial debt
-5 683 -2 679 -736 -1 588 -361 -320
Average interest rate, %
2.7
4.5
4.5
3.9
7.0
The Other column refers to pension provisions; see note 18.
The effect of a change in market interest rates on consolidated operating profit is
explained in the administration report (page 48); a one percentage point increase
in market interest rates would have a SEK 19 million impact on equity.
Financing risk
Holmen’s net financial debt at 31 December 2009 amounted to SEK 5 683 mil-
lion, of which financial liabilities and interest-bearing pension provisions equalled
SEK 6 091 million, cash and cash equivalents SEK 182 million and financial
receivables SEK 225 million.
As part of Holmen’s strategy, the company is to have a strong financial position
that provides financial stability and enables the Group to make correct and long-
term business decisions relatively independently of the state of the economy and
external financing possibilities. The target for the debt/equity ratio is the interval
of 0.3–0.8, and strategic planning includes harmonisation with this target. At the
end of the year the debt/equity ratio was 0.34. Standard & Poor’s lowered its
long-term credit rating for Holmen from BBB+ to BBB with a negative outlook.
The short-term rating was lowered to A-3/K-2 at the same time.
Holmen’s financing mainly comprises bank loans, bond loans and the issue of
commercial paper. Holmen’s Swedish commercial paper programme has a frame-
work amount of SEK 6 000 million. Commercial paper with a time-to-maturity of up
to one year can be issued in both Swedish kronor and euro. At 31 December 2009
a negative amount of SEK 945 million was outstanding. Holmen’s medium term
note (MTN) programme, for issuing bonds, has a framework amount of SEK 4 000
million. Bonds with maturities of 1–15 years can be issued in both Swedish kronor
and euro. At 31 December 2009 a negative amount of SEK 2 693 million was out-
standing. During the year new long-term financing was raised through MTN loans
of SEK 1 500 million and an agreement for a new credit facility of SEK 1 300 million
was signed. Other financing during the year was arranged mainly via Holmen’s
commercial paper programme, utilisation of the contractually agreed EUR 600 mil-
lion credit facility and short-term bank loans. At 31 December 2009 Holmen had
not used any of its credit facilities.
The maturity structure of financial liabilities and assets included in net financial
debt and sources of financing are shown in the table below. The table displays
carrying amounts where expected interest payments are not included.
2010
2011
2012
2013 2014-
total
Financial assets
Deposits with credit institutions
Cash and cash equivalents
Derivatives
Other financial receivables
total financial receivables
Financial liabilities
MTN loans
Loans from banks and other
credit institutions
Commercial paper programme
Bank account liabilities
Derivatives
-
182
51
23
256
6
-
-
2
8
2
-
-
1
3
2
-
-
1
3
9
-
-
128
137
21
182
51
154
407
510
-
330
1 493
361
2 693
551
945
251
41
115
113
1 021
-
-
28
-
-
6
-
-
3
2
-
-
-
1 802
945
251
78
total financial liabilities
2 298 143
448 2 517 363 5 770
Contracted credit facilities
6 180
1 300 7 480
Financing risk refers to the risk that future funding and refinancing of maturing
loans may become difficult or expensive. Holmen reduces the risk by maintaining
a good spread of maturities for the liabilities and by using contractually agreed
credit facilities. Holmen has a contractually agreed credit facility from a syndicate
of banks that amounts to EUR 600 million and expires in 2012. Since 2009 the
company has also had a bilateral credit facility of SEK 1 300 million that expires in
2016. Both facilities are available for use, provided that the Group’s debt/equity
ratio is less than 1.5.
The Group plans its financing by forecasting financing needs over the coming
years based on the Group’s multi-year business plan, budget and forecasts that
are regularly updated.
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
6 3
n o t e s
Raw materials
Credit risk
The Group is exposed to price fluctuations for its products and significant input
goods; see page 47 in the administration report. OTC trade in financial contracts
exists for certain paper and pulp products. Holmen did not trade in such contracts
during the year. The price risk for energy can be hedged, but hedging opportunities
for other input goods are limited.The Group mainly hedges the risk of fluctuations
in electricity prices.
To reduce exposure to electricity price changes, the Group uses physical supply
agreements at fixed prices as well as financial hedges. Decisions on hedging elec-
tricity prices are made by the Board. In 2009, Holmen’s net purchases of electricity
amounted to 3 200 GWh, of which about 2 600 GWh in Sweden.
The prices for the Group’s estimated net consumption of electricity in Sweden dur-
ing the 2010–2012 period are fully hedged. For 2013– 2015 the price of about 85
per cent has been hedged. The hedges predominantly consist of physical fixed
price contracts. Gains on financial hedges are recognised in the income statement
upon maturity and totalled SEK 64 million (27) for 2009. The fair value of outstand-
ing financial hedges totalled SEK 57 million (88) at 31 December 2009. This amount
has been recognised in other comprehensive income as hedge accounting is ap-
plied, of which SEK 22 million for 2010, SEK 25 million for 2011 and SEK 10 million
for 2012. See page 47 for how changes in raw material prices affect the Group’s
profit. A one percentage point increase in the price of electricity would have a
negative impact of SEK 2 million on equity.
note 3 operating segment reporting
The Group’s financial transactions give rise to credit risks in relation to financial
counterparties. The risk of a counterparty not meeting its commitments is limited
by selecting creditworthy counterparties, by limiting the exposure to each coun-
terparty and by using ISDA and FEMA agreements.
At 31 December 2009, the Group had outstanding derivative contracts with a
notional amount of about SEK 16 billion and a fair value of SEK -61 million net.
Calculated in accordance with the Swedish Financial Supervisory Authority’s regu-
lations for financial institutions (FFFS 2007:1), Holmen’s total counterparty risk on
derivative contracts would amount to SEK 263 million at 31 December 2009. The
maximum credit risk for other financial assets is estimated to correspond to their
notional amount. Credit risks in relation to the Group’s customers are managed by
each business area and are described in note 16 Operating receivables.
Insurance
Holmen insures its facilities against property damage and consequential loss. The
excess varies from one facility to another, but the maximum is some
SEK 30 million for any one claim. The Group’s forest holdings are not insured. They
are widely dispersed over large parts of the country, and the risk of large-scale
simultaneous damage is judged not to justify the cost of insuring the holdings.
2009
Net sales
External
Internal
Other operating income
Operating costs
Depreciation and amortisation according to plan
Impairment losses
Change in value of biological assets
Interest in earnings of associates
operating profit/loss
Operating profit/loss excluding items affecting comparability
Operating margin excluding items affecting comparability,%
Return on operating capital excluding items
affecting comparability, %
Operating assets
Operating liabilities
Operating capital
Investments
Holmen
Paper
Iggesund
Paperboard
Holmen
timber
Holmen
skog
Holmen
energi
Group-
wide
and other
elimina-
tions
total
Group
9 303
0
238
-8 363
-878
-
-
41
340
340
4
4
10 186
1 397
8 789
287
5 023
0
262
-4 484
-361
-22
-
-
419
419
8
10
4 781
666
4 114
260
553
0
127
-632
-31
-
-
4
21
21
4
6
483
87
396
110
2 745
2 054
119
447
1 182
14
-4 303
-1 208
-27
-
16
-
605
605
13
5
12 646
1 262
11 384
69
-21
-
-
-
414
414
25
13
3 342
135
3 207
88
-
-
37
-225
-3
-
-
-
-191
-191
419
1 382
-963
2
-
18 071
-3 236
-197
3 446
0
-
-
-
13
13
-392
-392
0
0
-
600
-15 769
-1 320
-22
16
45
1 620
1 620
9
6
31 465
4 536
26 929
818
6 4
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
Sweden
UK
Spain
Other
total
net sales by product area
Newsprint and magazine paper
Paperboard
Pulp
Sawn timber
Wood
Power
Other
total
2008
Net sales
External
Internal
n o t e s
Group
Parent company
Group
Parent company
non-current assets per country
2009
2008
2009
2008
net sales by market
21 415
21 619
17 006
18 231
Sweden
550
598
3 364
3 877
52
59
-
-
-
-
-
-
UK
Germany
Spain
25 380
26 153
17 006
18 231
The Netherlands
Group
Parent company
Italy
France
Rest of Europe
Rest of the world
total
2009
2008
9 144
10 177
4 865
4 677
137
548
128
499
2009
7 043
2 879
240
548
2008
7 966
2 699
224
496
2 745
3 064
2 695
2 997
447
185
550
241
1
32
0
0
18 071
19 334
13 436
14 382
2009
4 211
2 083
2 676
1 427
771
728
848
2008
4 940
1 943
2 597
1 909
771
786
953
2009
3 749
1 328
2 296
288
675
449
555
2008
4 308
1 189
2 237
390
661
531
612
3 011
2 316
3 411
2 024
2 313
1 784
2 829
1 624
18 071
19 334
13 436
14 382
Other operating income
Operating costs
Depreciation and amortisation according to plan
Impairment losses
Change in value of biological assets
Interest in earnings of associates
operating profit/loss
Operating profit/loss excluding items affecting comparability*
280
Operating margin excluding items affecting comparability, %*
Return on operating capital excluding items
affecting comparability, %*
Operating assets
Operating liabilities
Operating capital
Investments
3
3
12 123
1 886
10 237
679
Holmen
Paper
Iggesund
Paperboard
Holmen
timber
Holmen
skog
Holmen
energi
Group-
wide
and other
elimina-
tions
total
Group
10 443
0
350
-9 970
-896
-57
-
47
-81
4 845
15
260
-4 433
-368
-
-
-
320
320
7
8
4 914
661
4 254
327
499
0
138
-593
-34
-
-
3
13
13
3
4
439
73
366
19
2 997
2 446
129
550
1 284
12
-4 898
-1 500
-26
-
-16
-
632
632
12
6
12 796
1 382
11 415
21
-19
-
-
-
327
327
18
11
3 149
142
3 006
76
-
-
37
-196
0
-
-
-
-149
-149
568
2 222
-1 654
2
-
19 334
-3 745
-172
3 916
-
-
-
-
-10
-10
-557
-557
-
-
-
755
-17 673
-1 343
-57
-16
50
1 051
1 412
7
5
33 432
5 809
27 623
1 123
* Items affecting comparability relate to a SEK 298 million cost of closing down Wargön Mill, SEK 115 million to cover costs associated with the closure of PM 2 at the
mill in Hallsta, and a SEK 52 million positive effect on profit of the fire at Braviken.
The business area Holmen Paper manufactures printing paper for daily news-
papers, magazines, directories/manuals, advertising material and books at two
Swedish mills and one Spanish mill. Iggesund Paperboard produces paperboard
for consumer packaging and graphics printing at one Swedish and one UK mill.
Holmen Timber produces sawn timber at one Swedish sawmill. Annual produc-
tion capacity is 1 940 000 tonnes of printing paper, 530 000 tonnes of paperboard
and 340 000 cubic metres of sawn timber.
In the Holmen Group, the business areas are responsible for management of
operational assets and liabilities. Operating capital in each segment includes all
assets and liabilities used by the business area, such as non-current assets,
inventories, operating receivables and operating liabilities. Financing and tax
issues are managed at Group level, so financial assets and liabilities – including
pension liabilities – and current and deferred tax assets and tax liabilities are not
allocated to the business areas.
Holmen Skog manages the Group’s forests, which cover just over one million
hectares. The annual volume of wood harvested in company forests is about 2.5
million cubic metres. Holmen Energi is responsible for the Group’s hydro power
assets and for developing the Group’s operations in the energy sector. Normal
yearly production amounts to some 1 100 GWh of electricity at wholly and partly
owned hydro power stations in Sweden. Holmen Skog and Holmen Energi are
also responsible for supplying the Group with wood and electricity in Sweden,
which are important raw materials for the industrial operations.
Intra-Group sales between segments are founded on an internal market-based
price. The “Group-wide and other” segment comprises Group staff units and
Group-wide functions that are not allocated to other segments. No profit items
below operating profit are allotted to the business areas.
Income from external customers is allocated to individual countries according to
the country in which the customer is based.
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
6 5
n o t e s
note 4 other operating income
Sales of by-products
Emission rights
Electricity certificates
Sales of non-current assets
Rental and tenancy income
Silviculture contracts
Other
total
Group
Parent company
2009
186
2008
253
2009
111
2008
181
24
71
31
22
52
215
600
18
72
29
19
44
320
755
25
63
8
19
52
169
447
22
65
12
16
44
257
596
Of the sales of by-products in the Group, SEK 124 million (160) relate to rejects
from production, SEK 34 million (53) to sawdust, bark, chips etc, and SEK 28 mil-
lion (40) to external sales of energy.
The Group has been allotted emission rights which, for the most part, have been
used for its own production. The surplus resulted in a recognised profit of
SEK 24 million (18).
Income from electricity certificates received from the production of renewable
energy at the Group’s Swedish mills amounted to SEK 71 million (72).
note 5 employees, staff costs and
remuneration to senior management
Incentive scheme
Any decision on a share and share price based incentive scheme for senior com-
pany personnel shall be made by the AGM.
Remuneration committee
A remuneration committee appointed from among the members of the Board
shall prepare business pertaining to the CEO’s salary and other conditions of em-
ployment and submit proposals on such issues to the Board for decision.
Detailed principles for determining the salaries, pension rights and other remu-
neration to senior management shall be laid down in a pay policy adopted by the
remuneration committee.
Departures in individual cases
The Board shall be entitled to depart from these guidelines in individual cases
should special reasons exist. In the event of such a departure, information there-
on and the reasons therefore shall be submitted to the next Annual General
Meeting.
Incentive scheme
The 2008 AGM approved the Board’s proposal to introduce an incentive scheme
for the Holmen Group’s employees; it has applied in the Group since May 2008. In
the scheme, the employees were invited to acquire call options on class B shares
in Holmen at market price (calculated by an independent bank). As a result, 1 492
of the Group’s approximately 5 000 employees bought a total of 758 300 call
options at a price of SEK 20 per option. The exercise price of the options is SEK
224.50 per share. Each option entitles the owner to acquire one share during the
exercise period in May/June 2013. Holmen’s commitment within the scheme has
been secured by means of a buyback of shares in the company.
Group
Parent company
2009
2008
2009
2008
IFRS 2 Share-based Payment is not applicable, because the employees acquired
the options at market-based price.
Wages, salaries and
social security costs
Wages, salaries and other remuneration
1 866
2 054
1 292
Social security costs
720
807
583
1 546
693
AGM’s guidelines for determining salaries and
other remuneration to senior management
The 2008 AGM decided on the following unchanged guidelines for determining
the salaries and other remuneration of the CEO and other senior management,
namely the business area managers and heads of Group staff functions who
report directly to the CEO.
salary and other remuneration
The remuneration of the CEO and the senior management shall consist of a fixed
market-based salary. Other benefits, mainly car and accommodation, shall, inso-
far as they are provided, represent a limited part of the remuneration. No variable
remuneration shall be paid.
Pension
The normal retirement age shall be 65 years. The company and the employee
shall be mutually entitled to request that pension be drawn from 60 years of age.
Any pension drawn before 65 years of age shall be either defined benefit or de-
fined premium. Pension drawn after 65 years of age shall be in accordance with
the ITP plan. Over and above this, the employee may also be entitled to a supple-
mentary old age pension. In this case, there shall be a gradual transition from the
existing arrangement with a defined benefit pension to one in which the pension
is defined premium (contribution).
notice and severance pay
Discontinuation notice should normally be one year if it is given by the company,
and six months if it is given by the employee. In the event of notice being given by
the company, severance pay can be paid corresponding to no more than
24 months’ salary.
6 6
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
Remuneration of Board and senior management
Board
A fixed Board fee shall be paid to the members of the Board elected by the AGM,
except for the CEO, who does not receive any Board fee. For 2009, the fee
amounted to SEK 2 475 000 (2 475 000). The chairman received a fee of SEK
550 000 (550 000), and each of the other members (except for the CEO) received
SEK 275 000 (275 000).
senior management
The CEO’s salary and other benefits for 2009 amounted to SEK 6 768 603 (6 769
821). In 2009, the total pension cost attributable to the CEO (ITP cost and the
cost of benefits over and above ITP), calculated in accordance with IAS 19,
amounted to SEK 3 263 711 (3 050 305). No variable remuneration was paid.
In 2009, the salaries and other benefits of the other senior management, i.e. the
five business area managers and the heads of the five Group staff units who re-
port directly to the CEO, amounted to a total of SEK 18 206 318 (17 768 644).
The total pension cost (ITP cost and the cost of benefits over and above ITP),
calculated in accordance with IAS 19, for this group amounted to
SEK 10 897 672 (8 570 257) in 2009. No variable remuneration was paid.
For senior management the company is required to give 12 months’ notice and
the employee six months. In the event of notice being given by the company, ter-
mination benefits corresponding to between one and two years’ salary are paid,
depending on age. For the CEO, a termination benefit of two years’ salary is paid.
All members of senior management are employed by the parent company.
Pension commitments in respect of the Board and senior
management
Holmen’s pension commitments over and above the ITP plan for the CEO
amounted to SEK 15 million (13) at 31 December 2009 and for other members of
senior management to SEK 63 million (54), calculated in accordance with IAS 19.
The Group also has a SEK 7 million (7) commitment for one Board member,
Göran Lundin, former CEO of Holmen. The pension commitments are secured
using plan assets managed by an independent pension fund.
n o t e s
2009
2008
note 6 Auditors’ fee and remuneration
Average
number of
full-time
equivalents
Average
number of
full-time
equivalents
Of whom
women
Of whom
women
The audit firm KPMG was elected by the 2008 Annual General Meeting as
Holmen’s auditors for a period of four years (2008–2011). KPMG audits the books
of Holmen AB and almost all of its subsidiaries.
3 227
589
3 465
608
Remuneration to KPMG
2009
2008
2009
2008
Group
Parent company
Audit assignments
Other assignments
total
Other auditors
total
8
5
13
0
13
7
4
11
0
11
4
1
5
-
5
4
1
5
-
5
Audit assignments refers to the examination of the annual report and accounting
records, the administration by the Board and the CEO, other duties that are
incumbent on the company’s auditors, the provision of advice or other support
resulting from observations in connection with the audit or the performance of
such other duties. All other activities are defined as other assignments. Over
and above the audit assignment, Holmen has consulted KPMG on tax and
accounting issues and for various investigations.
-
3
1
2
20
34
22
514
5
8
116
7
2
6
-
2
-
1
6
8
8
53
1
4
46
4
1
4
596
119
6
8
1 350
4 577
2
2
261
850
46
3
3
3
22
31
17
511
5
7
112
6
2
5
573
7
11
1 364
4 829
5
1
2
2
6
6
8
54
1
4
30
3
1
3
106
3
3
238
846
Parent company
Sweden
Group companies
Sweden
Australia
Belgium
Denmark
Estonia
France
Germany
UK
Hong Kong
Italy
The Netherlands
Poland
Portugal
Singapore
Spain
Switzerland
USA
total Group companies
total Group
The year’s decrease in the number of parent company employees is mainly an
effect of redundancies in connection with the closure of Wargön Mill, and staff cuts
in connection with the restructuring programme at Hallsta Paper Mill.
Proportion of women, %
2009
2008
2009
2008
Board (excl. deputy members)
Senior management
17
9
8
9
17
9
8
9
Group
Parent company
Group
Parent company
sickness absence in sweden, %
2009
2008
2009
2008
Total sickness absence
Long-term sick leave (>60 days)
Sickness absence, men
Sickness absence, women
Employees below 29 years of age
Employees between 30 and 49 years of age
Employees aged 50 years and above
3.8
1.7
3.8
3.7
2.4
3.1
4.7
4.6
2.7
4.5
5.3
2.5
4.0
5.7
3.8
1.7
3.8
3.7
2.4
3.1
4.7
4.6
2.7
4.5
5.3
2.5
4.0
5.7
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
6 7
n o t e S
note 7 Income from financial instruments
Finance income
Dividend income from Group companies
Gains on sales of Group companies
Gains on sales of shares and participating
interests
Net profit/loss
Assets and liabilities measured at
fair value via profit/loss for the year
- Held for financial risk
management*
- Other
Interest income
total finance income
Finance costs
Impairment losses on value of shares in
Group companies
Net profit/loss
Assets and liabilities measured at
fair value via profit/loss for the year
- Held for financial risk
management*
- Other
Cash and cash equivalents
Other financial liabilities
total net profit/loss
Interest costs **
Finance costs
net financial items
Group
Parent company
2009
2008
2009
2008
-
-
-
5
0
7
12
-
-
-
1 156
-
-
2
0
14
17
5
0
13
1 174
15
0
1
2
0
88
106
-
-
-436
-
-38
23
31
1
18
-284
-267
-255
-19
-2
-15
53
17
-345
-328
-311
114
-176
-
31
102
247
-239
-428
746
0
-15
-322
-513
-354
-867
-761
* Refers to the held-for-trading category in accordance with IAS 39.
** SEK -63 million (21) in the Group refers to interest costs on liabilities measured
at fair value via profit/loss for the year. Those in the parent company amounted
to SEK -63 million (21).
The net gains and losses stated in net financial items mainly relate to currency re-
valuations of internal loans, hedging of internal lending, currency revaluations of
cash and cash equivalents, and hedging of cash and cash equivalents. They also
include the revaluation of loans measured at fair value via the income statement
and interest rate swaps used to hedge loans at fixed rates of interest. The parent
company’s net financial items also include currency revaluation of external loans
and forward contracts that hedge net investment in foreign operations. These
items are recognised in the Group in other comprehensive income. The fair value
of the interest component in currency forward contracts and value changes in
accrued interest and realised interest in fixed-interest-rate swaps are recognised
on an ongoing basis in net interest items.
Changes in the value of the loan that is measured at fair value in accordance with
the fair value option affected earnings by SEK 23 million (-2), of which changes in
market interest rates accounted for a decrease in value of SEK 8 million (de-
crease of 19). The accumulated change in value of SEK 73 million (50) is recog-
nised in the income statement. Changes in the value of the swap that belongs to
the loan measured at fair value using the fair value option had a negative impact
of SEK 5 million on earnings. The change in the value of the loan that has been
hedged in respect of its fair value had a SEK 3 million impact on profit (decrease
of 8) while related interest rate swaps lowered profit by SEK 3 million (increase of
8). There were no changes in value for loans in the parent company.
The income from financial instruments included in operating profit is shown in the
table below:
Exchange gains/losses on
trade receivables and trade payables
Net loss on derivatives
stated in working capital
Group
Parent company
2009
2008
2009
2008
-26
232
-7
223
-343
-309
-403
-243
Interest income on trade receivables
Interest costs on trade payables
1
3
0
0
1
3
0
0
The derivatives included in operating profit relate to hedging of trade receiv-
ables and trade payables as well as financial electricity derivatives.
note 8 taxes
taxes stated in income statement
Current tax
Deferred tax
total
Group
Parent company
2009
-474
114
-360
2008
-488
390
-98
2009
-307
-24
-331
2008
137
57
195
The 2009 tax rate for the Group was 26.4 per cent and was mainly affected by the
company winning a tax dispute and through loss carry-forwards not recorded.
See the table below.
Recognised profit before tax
Tax at applicable rate
Difference in tax rate in foreign operations
Non-taxable income and non-deductible costs
Standard interest on tax allocation reserve
Effect of not stated loss carry-forwards and temporary differences
Tax attributable to previous periods
Change in tax rate on deferred tax asset/liability
Provision to cover uncertain tax disputes
Other
effective tax
6 8
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
SeKm
1 366
-359
2
-2
-15
-30
31
0
0
13
-360
2009
%
SeKm
740
26.3
-0.1
0.1
1.1
2.2
-2.3
0.0
0.0
-1.0
26.4
-207
2
-2
-23
16
-4
331
-225
14
-98
Group
2008
%
28.0
-0.2
0.2
3.0
-2.1
0.6
-44.7
30.4
-2.0
13.2
Parent company
SeKm
1 995
2009
%
SeKm
-630
2008
%
-525
0
188
-15
-8
29
0
0
0
26.3
0.0
-9.4
0.8
0.4
-1.4
0.0
0.0
0.0
177
0
2
-23
0
1
37
0
1
28.0
0.0
0.3
-3.6
0.0
0.2
5.9
0
0.1
-331
16.6
195
30.9
n o t e S
tax attributable to other comprehensive income
Group
2009
Cash flow hedges
910
-240
670
-964
Before tax
Tax
After tax Before tax
Parent company
2009
After tax Before tax
Tax
After tax Before tax
-712
919
-242
677
-1 148
2008
Tax
253
2008
Tax
302
After tax
-845
Translation differences
on foreign operations
Hedging of currency risk
in foreign operations
Actuarial revaluations
other comprehensive
income
-256
-
-256
445
-
445
254
15
-66
-4
188
11
-541
-169
151
48
-389
-121
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
923
-310
613
-1 230
452
-778
919
-242
677
-1 148
302
-845
taxes as stated in balance sheet
Deferred tax assets
Loss carry-forwards
Pension provisions
Deferred tax liabilities stated net
among deferred tax assets
Other
total deferred tax assets
Current tax receivable
total tax receivables
Group
Parent company
2009
2008
2009
2008
307
68
-72
1
304
22
326
347
73
-85
7
342
141
483
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
117
117
Deferred tax liabilities
Non-current assets
Biological assets*
Property, plant and equipment
Tax allocation reserve
Transactions subject to hedge accounting
Other, including deferred tax assets
stated net among deferred tax liabilities
total deferred tax liabilities
Provisions for taxes
Current tax liability
total tax liabilities
Group
Parent company
2009
2008
2009
2008
2 922
1 600
618
-34
2 914
1 512
721
-268
-61
-61
5 045
4 819
692
102
692
14
644
-4
-
-53
-49
538
45
94
5 839
5 525
678
635
-4
-
-295
-64
272
45
-
317
* For parent company this relates to forestland.
Change in the net of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities
2009
Biological assets*
Property, plant and equipment
Pension provisions
Loss carry-forwards
Tax allocation reserve
Other
Deferred net tax liability
Opening
balance
-2 914
-1 597
80
347
-721
328
-4 477
* For parent company this relates to forestland.
Stated in
the income
statement
Stated in
other com-
prehensive
income
Translation
differences
and other
-8
52
1
-31
103
-3
114
-
-
-4
-
-
-240
-244
-
-126
2
-10
-
0
Group
Closing
balance
-2 922
-1 672
78
307
-618
86
-135
-4 741
Parent company
Stated in
the income
statement
Stated in
other com-
prehensive
income
-9
0
-
-
-
-15
-24
-
-
-
-
-
-242
-242
Opening
balance
-635
4
-
-
-
359
-272
Closing
balance
-644
4
-
-
-
102
-538
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
6 9
n o t e S
2008
Biological assets*
Property, plant and equipment
Pension provisions
Loss carry-forwards
Tax allocation reserve
Other
Deferred net tax liability
Stated in
the income
statement
Stated in
other com-
prehensive
income
Translation
differences
and other
186
189
-15
-13
31
12
390
-
-
51
-
-
250
301
-
10
-9
12
-
-1
13
Opening
balance
-3 100
-1 796
53
348
-753
68
-5 181
Group
Closing
balance
-2 914
-1 597
80
347
-721
328
-4 477
Parent company
Stated in
the income
statement
Stated in
other com-
prehensive
income
41
-1
-
-
-
17
57
-
-
-
-
-
302
302
Opening
balance
-677
5
-
-
-
40
-632
Closing
balance
-635
4
-
-
-
359
-272
* For parent company this relates to forestland.
For information on biological assets see Note 12. Deferred tax liability in respect
of property, plant and equipment is primarily attributable to depreciation in
excess of plan.
For information concerning provisions for taxes see Note 27.
The deferred tax income recognised in the Group’s income statement relates pri-
marily to a change in temporary differences and utilisation of loss carry-forwards.
The amount recognised in Other comprehensive income includes deferred tax re-
lated to negative changes of SEK 239 million in hedging reserves (positive 253)
and negative impact of SEK 4 million from actuarial revaluations (postitive 48).
Of the deferred tax asset in respect of the carry-forwards of unused tax losses,
a sum of SEK 94 million relates to loss carry-forwards with no time limitations
regarding when they may be utilised. Other loss carry-forwards expire if they are
not utilised 2015–2022. The carry-forwards of unused tax losses and temporary
differences for which deferred tax assets have not been recognised in the income
statement or balance sheet amount to SEK 1 950 million, of which SEK 200 mil-
lion expire in 2011 and SEK 330 million expire 2022–2024. Whether a deferred
tax asset is recognised or not depends on an assessment of how likely it is that
the Group will be able to utilise it by offsetting it against future taxable profits.
note 9 earnings per share (ePS)
note 10 Intangible non-current assets
Group
2009
2008
Total number of shares outstanding, 1 January
83 996 162
84 756 162
Accumulated acquisition cost
Buy-back of company’s own shares
during the year
total number of shares
outstanding, 31 December
-
-760 000
83 996 162
83 996 162
Opening balance
Investments
Change in emission rights
Re-classification
Average number of shares, before dilution
83 996 162
84 298 573
Disposal and retirement of assets
Effect of options
-
-
Translation differences
Average number of shares, after dilution
83 996 162
84 298 573
total
Profit for the year attributable
to shareholders, SEKm
1 006
642
Accumulated amortisation
according to plan
Average number of shares before dilution
83 996 162
84 298 573
Opening balance
Basic ePS for the year, SeK
12.0
7.6
Amortisation for the year
Profit for the year attributable
to shareholders, SEKm
1 006
642
total
Translation differences
Average number of shares after dilution
83 996 162
84 298 573
Diluted ePS for the year, SeK
12.0
7.6
Closing residual value
according to plan
Group
Parent company
2009
2008
2009
2008
170
0
-
-69
0
-3
98
64
9
-2
71
27
89
8
70
-1
-
5
170
46
13
4
64
77
-
-
-58
-
-
19
1
3
-
4
10
8
58
-
-
-
77
0
0
-
1
106
15
76
Intangible non-current assets mostly consist of rights to use electricity grids of
SEK 6 million (8) and IT systems of SEK 17 million (24). These assets were largely
acquired from external sources. They have determinable useful lives and are
amortised over 5–10 years. No goodwill applies.
In 2009, emission rights were reclassified from intangible non-current
assets to inventories.
Shares in the company were bought back in 2008 to secure the company’s com-
mitments as part of the incentive scheme for the Holmen Group’s employees as
decided by the 2008 AGM. A total of 760 000 class B shares were bought back,
which corresponds to approximately 0.9 per cent of the total number of shares
outstanding, and to approximately 0.3 per cent of the total number of votes. The
average price paid for these shares was SEK 201.70 per share.
In all, 758 300 call options were issued at a price of SEK 20 per option. The
exercise price of the options is SEK 224.50 per share. Each option entitles the
owner to acquire one share during the exercise period, May/June 2013.
The exercise price of SEK 224.50 exceeds the average share price for 2009
(SEK 180 per share). The options will therefore have no dilution effect as defined
in IAS 33, and were excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS. If the average
listed price in the future exceeds the exercise price, these options will give rise to
an estimated dilution effect, which is calculated in accordance with IAS 33.
7 0
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
n o t e S
Total
2008
31 796
1 134
1
-87
474
Total
2008
414
49
0
-25
438
279
24
-23
280
2 417
0
2 417
note 11 Property, plant and equipment
Group
2009
2008
2009
2008
2009
2008
2009
2008
2009
Forestland
Buildings, other land
and land installations
Machinery and
equipment
Work in progress and
advance payments to
suppliers
Accumulated acquisition cost
Opening balance
Investments
Re-classifications
Disposal and retirement of assets
Translation differences
100
100
5 906
-
-
-
0
-
-
-
0
95
181
-19
-93
total
100
100
6 071
5 561
127
49
-5
175
5 906
27 092
25 865
546
72
-708
-239
867
147
-82
294
26 763
27 092
221
107
-128
-
-1
199
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
270
140
-195
-
5
33 319
748
126
-726
-333
221
33 134
33 319
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
20 176
18 813
1 311
1 329
22
-
-
-716
-133
57
-
-
-79
56
20 661
20 176
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2 775
2 618
17 401
16 194
141
-
-
-31
-15
-22
137
1 170
1 193
6
-
-
-3
16
22
-
31
-701
-112
51
-
-
-76
40
2 849
2 775
17 812
17 401
100
100
3 222
3 131
8 952
9 690
199
221
12 473
13 142
Forestland
Buildings, other land
and land installations
Machinery and
equipment
2009
2008
2009
2008
2009
2008
2009
Accumulated depreciation and
impairment losses
Opening balance
Depreciation for the year
according to plan
Impairment losses for the year
Reversal of previous impairment losses
Re-classifications
Disposal and retirement of assets
Translation differences
total
Closing residual value according
to plan
Parent company
Accumulated acquisition cost
Opening balance
Investments
Re-classifications
Disposal and retirement of assets
total
Accumulated depreciation according to plan
Opening balance
Depreciation for the year according to plan
Disposal and retirement of assets
total
Accumulated revaluations
Opening balance
Disposal and retirement of assets
total
79
0
-
0
79
-
-
-
-
72
7
-
0
79
-
-
-
-
2 416
0
2 416
2 417
0
2 416
137
6
-
0
143
125
1
0
126
1
0
1
18
138
2
-
-3
137
125
1
-1
125
1
-
1
13
222
33
-
-24
231
155
23
-24
155
-
-
-
203
40
0
-22
222
154
23
-21
155
-
-
-
438
40
-
-24
454
280
24
-24
281
2 417
0
2 417
Closing residual value according to plan
2 496
2 495
Assessed tax values
Assessed tax values relate to assets in Sweden
Forest and agricultural properties
Buildings, other land and land installations
total
77
66
2 590
2 575
2009
14 517
3 056
17 573
Group
2008
14 520
3 049
17 569
Parent company
2009
2008
6 795
28
6 823
6 798
28
6 826
The Group’s impairment losses regarding property, plant and equipment are stated
in the income statement in the line item Impairment losses. Holmen closed a board
machine at Workington Mill in 2009 that belongs to the Iggesund Paperboard busi-
ness area. This resulted in impairment losses on property, plant and equipment of
SEK 22 million. For 2008, impairment losses on non-current assets referred to the
closure of operations at Wargön Mill in the Holmen Paper business area.
The year’s investments were reduced by SEK 2 million (23) as a result of the sup-
port received from the Swedish Energy Agency of SEK 40 million in total for the
construction of a new pulp line at Braviken Paper Mill.
The Group’s investment commitments for approved and ongoing projects
amounted to SEK 1 581 million (452) at 31 December 2009. The company’s capi-
talised borrowing costs were SEK 1 million in 2009 and are recognised as Work in
progress and advance payments to suppliers. An interest rate of 3 per cent was
used to determine the amount.
The assessed tax values are determined by the Swedish Tax Agency by means of
a property assessment and are then used for determining the property tax
charge. No property tax is charged on forestland.
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
7 1
n o t e S
note 12 Biological assets
Forest assets are recognised in the Group as growing forest, which is stated as a
biological asset at fair value, and land, which is stated at acquisition cost.
Holmen’s assessment is that no relevant market prices are available that can be
used to value forest holdings as extensive as Holmen’s. The valuation is therefore
made by calculating the present value of future expected cash flows from the
growing forests. This calculation of cash flows is made for the coming 100 years,
which is regarded as the harvesting cycle of the forests. The cash flows are cal-
culated on the basis of harvesting volumes according to Holmen’s current har-
vesting plan and assessments of future price and cost changes. The cost of re-
planting has been taken into account, because re-planting after harvesting is a
statutory obligation.
In total, Holmen owns 1 032 000 hectares of productive forestland, with a volume
of 119 million forest cubic metres (m3 total volume over bark) of standing timber,
of which 67 000 hectares with 12 million forest cubic metres of standing timber
have been set aside as nature reserves. According to the current harvesting plan,
which came into effect in 2000, harvesting during the 2000–2009 period is to
amount to an average of 2.5 million m3 of timber and pulpwood per year. The
same plan states that the annual harvesting for the 2010–2019 period will be
more than 1 per cent higher. The harvesting volume is then planned to increase
gradually and then stabilise at about 3.0 million m3 per year in about 40 years’
time. This corresponds to an average increase in harvesting of 0.4 per cent per
year. Just over 50 per cent of the wood harvested consists of timber that is sold
to sawmills, and the remainder mainly consists of pulpwood, which is sold to the
pulp and paper industry. A new harvesting plan is estimated to be complete in
2011 and may entail different harvesting rates.
In 2009, the cash flow from the growing forests decreased to SEK 522 million
(622), mainly as a result of lower prices. On average, the cash flows in 2001–2009
amounted to approximately SEK 491 million per year. Holmen based its valuation
of 31 December 2009 on the prices prevailing at the end of the year. An assump-
tion has been made that prices will fall somewhat in 2011, see the graph below.
From 2011 and thereafter, long-term price assumptions have been used, with an
annual increase of 1 per cent until 2035 and thereafter a rise of 2 per cent a year.
The cash flow forecast for 2010–2016 is shown in the figure below. Costs are es-
timated to increase from present-day levels by about 2 per cent per year. The
price and cash flows for the period 2017–2035 are estimated to increase by 0.5
per cent per year, after which they are expected to increase broadly in line with
the assumed level of inflation of 2 per cent.
Average price
Historical and forecast
Index 2004 = 100
Cash flow
Historical and forecast
SEKm
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
-04
-06
-08
-10
-12
-14
-16
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
Not 11 Biologiska tillgångar
-04
-06
-08
-10
-12
-14
-16
The cash flows are discounted using an interest rate of 5.5 per cent (2008: 5.5)
after tax. The discount rate was calculated on the basis of the Group’s target for
its debt/equity ratio (on average 0.55), an assumed long-term, nominal risk-free
interest rate of 4.5 per cent, a risk premium of 1 per cent for borrowed capital and
of 2 per cent for equity. Tax is taken into account at a rate of 26.3 per cent.
Deferred tax, i.e. the tax that is expected to be charged against the earnings from
harvesting in the future, has been calculated on the total value of growing forests.
The value of the forest assets was estimated at the end of 2009 at
SEK 11 109 million, i.e. the value of the estimated cash flows before tax. The
attribut able deferred tax liability was estimated at SEK 2 922 million. The net
carrying amount after tax of the growing forests was thus SEK 8 187 milliion.
The change in the value of the growing forests can be divided into:
Group
Opening balance
Acquisition of growing forest
Sales of growing forest
Change due to harvesting
Change in fair value
Other changes
Closing carrying amount
2009
2008
11 080
11 073
5
0
-552
568
8
12
-2
-622
606
13
11 109
11 080
The net effect of the change in fair value and the change as a result of harvesting
is stated in the income statement as Change in value of biological assets. In 2009
this item amounted to SEK 16 million (-16).
The table below shows how the value of forest assets would be affected by
changes in the most significant valuation assumptions:
Group
Annual change, + 0.1% per year
Harvesting rate
Price inflation
Cost inflation
Change in level, +1%
Harvesting
Prices
Costs
Discount rate, +0.1%
Change in value (SEKm)
Before tax
After tax
420
420
-250
160
280
-150
-250
310
310
-190
120
200
-110
-180
Annual change refers to the annual rate of change used in the valuation of each
parameter. For example, an increase of 0.1 per cent means that the annual price
inflation will be increased from 1.0 per cent to 1.1 per cent in the calculations.
Change in level means that the level for each parameter and year changes. For
example, a 1 per cent price increase means that the wood prices which the calcu-
lations are based on are raised by 1 per cent for all years (change of level).
7 2
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
n o t e S
note 13 Interests in associates and other shares and participating interests
Group
Parent company
Group
Parent company
Associates
Carrying amount at start of year
Investments
Disposals
Re-classifications
Interest in associates’ earnings
Dividends received
Translation difference
Impairment losses
2009
1 824
4
-15
3
45
-80
-12
-
2008
1 745
0
-2
0
50
-
30
0
2009
2008
other shares and participating interests
2009
2008
2009
2008
77
4
0
3
-
-
-
-
77
0
-1
0
-
-
-
0
Carrying amount at start of year
Investments
Disposals
Re-classifications
Translation difference
Impairment losses
Carrying amount at 31 December
11
3
-
-3
0
0
10
7
4
0
0
0
-
11
11
2
-
-3
-
0
9
6
4
-
0
-
-
11
Carrying amount at 31 December
1 770
1 824
84
77
The parent company’s opening balance includes accumulated impairment
losses of SEK 34 million. There was no impairment during the year. Dividends
received refers to the associate Peninsular Cogeneración S.A.
Parent company and Group holdings of shares and interests in associates
There were no material impairment losses on the value of other shares and
participating interests during the year.
2009
Carrying
amount at
parent comp.
SEK thousands
Value of
holding in
Group accounts,
SEK thousands
2008
Carrying
amount at
parent comp.
SEK thousands
Value of
holding in
Group accounts,
SEK thousands
Interest
%*
Corporate
ID No.
Registered
office
No. of
shares
Interest
%*
Brännälvens Kraft AB
556017-6678
Arbrå
Gidekraft AB
Harrsele AB
556016-0953 Örnsköldsvik
556036-9398
Sundsvall
Uni4 Marketing AB
556594-6984
Stockholm
Industriskog AB
Pressretur AB
556193-9470
Falun
556188-2712
Stockholm
PÅAB, Pappersåtervinning AB
556142-5116 Norrköping
Vattenfall Tuggen AB
556504-2826
Lycksele
VindIn AB
556713-5172
Stockholm
Baluarte Sociedade de Recolha e
Recuperação de Desperdicios,
Lda, Portugal
Ets Emilie Llau S.A., France
Alcochete
Lorp-Sentaraille
Peninsular Cogeneración S.A., Spain
Madrid
Other shares owned by the parent company
5 556
990
9 886
1 800
25 000
334
500
683
200
13.9
9.9
49.4
36.0
33.3
33.4
50.0
6.83
14.28
2
678
4 500
50.0
24.0
50.0
-
99
-
1 856
37
-
109
74 755
6 910
-
-
-
-
36 400
99
1 481 898
11 596
37
-
109
74 755
7 224
41 736
24 257
92 031
-
13.9
9.9
49.4
36.0
33.3
33.4
50.0
6.83
-
50.0
38.0
50.0
total
* Percentage of shares and percentage of votes for total number of shares are the same.
83 767
1 770 143
Parent company and Group holdings of shares and participating interests in other companies
Corporate
ID No.
Registered
office
No. of
shares
Interest
%*
Parent company
Industrikraft i Sverige AB
556761-5371 Stockholm
SweTree Technologies AB
556573-9587 Umeå
VindIn AB
556713-5172 Stockholm
100 000
73 500
-
20.0
2.7
-
Miscellaneous shares owned by the parent company
total
Group
Miscellaneous shares
total
* Percentage of shares and percentage of votes for total number of shares are the same.
2009
Carrying
amount at
parent comp.
SEK thousands
Value of
holding in
Group accounts,
SEK thousands
2 800
6 280
-
389
9 469
9 469
2 800
6 280
-
389
9 469
348
9 816
Interest
%*
20.0
2.7
7.1
The holdings in Brännälvens Kraft AB, Gidekraft AB, Harrsele AB and Vattenfall Tuggen AB refer to hydro power assets
and the holdings in VindIn AB refer to wind power assets. The holdings entitle the Group to buy some of the electricity
produced at cost price, so the associates only earn a limited profit. Purchased electricity is sold to external customers
at market price, and the earnings are stated in the Group accounts in the Holmen Energi business area.
Brännälvens Kraft AB, Gidekraft AB, Vattenfall Tuggen AB and VindIn AB are classified as associates even
though the holdings are less than 20 per cent, since shareholder agreements provide significant influence over each
company’s activities. The holding in VindIn AB was reclassified in 2009, from shares and participating interests in
other companies, to associates.
Summarised financial information on associates owned by the Group and parent company respectively is
Income
Profit/loss
Assets
Liabilities
Equity
specified on the right. The table shows the owned interest in each associate.
-
99
-
1 856
37
-
109
74 755
-
-
-
-
38
76 895
36 400
99
1 481 898
7 725
37
-
109
74 755
-
42 049
41 019
140 270
38
1 824 399
2008
Carrying
amount at
parent comp.
SEK thousands
Value of
holding in
Group accounts,
SEK thousands
1 200
5 640
3 410
587
1 200
5 640
3 410
587
10 837
10 837
10 837
372
11 209
Group Parent company
2009
2008
2009
814
40
763
447
315
861
51
728
362
366
378
-2
209
156
53
2008
320
4
200
156
44
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
7 3
n o t e S
note 14 Financial instruments
Group 2009
Financial instruments included
in net financial debt
non-current financial receivables
Deposits with credit institutions
Derivatives
Other financial receivables
Current financial receivables
Accrued interest
Derivatives
Other financial receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Current deposit of cash and cash equivalents
Bank balances
non-current liabilities
MTN loans
Loans from banks and other
credit institutions
Derivatives
Current liabilities
Commercial paper programme
Bank account liabilities
Current portion of longterm loans
Derivatives
Accrued interest
Other current liabilities
Financial instruments not included
in net financial debt
Other shares and participating interests
Trade receivables
Derivatives (recognised among
operating receivables)
Trade payables
Derivatives (recognised among operating liabilities)
Items recognised at fair
value via profit of the year
Loans valued
at fair value
Derivatives
Derivatives
with hedge
accounting
Trade receiv
ables and loan
receivables
Available
forsale
assets
Other
liabilities
Total
carrying
amount
Fair value
371
371
17
17
19
19
2
50
34
34
37
37
22
22
223
208
21
131
151
6
17
23
17
165
182
2 712
21
131
151
6
51
17
74
17
165
182
21
131
151
6
51
17
74
17
165
182
2 183
2 183
2 205
1 252
3 435
945
251
623
54
12
1 252
37
3 472
945
251
994
41
54
12
1 252
37
3 495
945
251
994
41
54
12
1 886
2 298
2 298
10
10
2 712
2 712
225
225
1 911
1 911
258
1 911
258
non-current financial receivables consist of noncurrent interestbearing
deposits with credit institutions, financial receivables from other companies,
which, substantially, are interestbearing, and prepayments relating to committed
credit facilities. Over and above this, the figure includes the fair values of non
current derivatives. The parent company’s receivables from Group companies
include a significant share of interestfree receivables between Swedish, wholly
owned Group companies.
Current financial receivables consist of fixed income investments and lending
for durations of up to one year, accrued interest income and unrealised transla
tion gains. Current financial receivables substantially have fixed interest periods
of less than three months, and thus involve a very limited interest rate risk.
Cash and cash equivalents refers to bank balances and investments that can
be readily converted into cash for a known amount and with a duration of no
more than three months from the date of acquisition, which also means that the
interest rate risk is negligible. Cash and cash equivalents are placed on deposit
with banks or in current deposit accounts at banks. The average rate of interest
on the Group’s financial assets in 2009 was around 1.5 per cent (3.3).
Loan liabilities, accrued interest costs, unrealised translation losses and fair
values of derivatives are stated as financial liabilities.
7 4
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
n o t e S
Items recognised at fair
value via profit of the year
Loans valued
at fair value
Derivatives
Derivatives
with hedge
accounting
Trade receiv
ables and loan
receivables
Available
forsale
assets
Other
liabilities
Total
carrying
amount
Fair value
-
-
394
394
-
32
32
31
31
-
13
13
60
60
14
135
34
26
29
55
6
16
34
23
243
410
653
-
-
-
126
126
95
95
144
1 056
-
-
-
-
-
-
26
32
29
87
6
65
26
32
29
87
6
65
16
16
88
88
243
243
410
410
653
653
1 266
1 266
1 282
1 423
2 689
1 467
146
567
161
2 260
4 602
1 817
139
3 223
1 825
139
3 247
1 467
1 467
146
567
155
161
2 260
4 756
146
567
155
161
2 260
4 756
11
3 144
11
3 144
3 144
157
157
2 282
2 282
1 191
2 282
1 191
Group 2008
Financial instruments included
in net financial debt
non-current financial receivables
Deposits with credit institutions
Derivatives
Other financial receivables
Current financial receivables
Accrued interest
Derivatives
Other financial receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Current deposit of cash and cash equivalents
Bank balances
non-current liabilities
MTN loans
Loans from banks and other
credit institutions
Derivatives
Current liabilities
Commercial paper programme
Bank account liabilities
Current portion of longterm loans
Derivatives
Accrued interest
Other current liabilities
Financial instruments not included
in net financial debt
Other shares and participating interests
Trade receivables
Derivatives (recognised among
operating receivables)
Trade payables
Derivatives (recognised among operating liabilities)
Substantially, financial liabilities are interest bearing. The parent company’s liabi
lities to Group companies include a significant amount of interestfree liabilities
between Swedish whollyowned Group companies.
Note 7 states the impact on profit from revaluation of these items; the effect of
changed assumptions was immaterial. Other items measured at fair value belong
to measurement level 2 as per IFRS 7.
Liabilities valued at fair value amount to SEK 573 million (598). The amount
repayable in respect of these liabilities is SEK 538 million. The maturity structure
and average rate of interest for the Group’s liabilities are shown in note 2. A total
of SEK 1 916 million of the parent company’s liabilities mature within one year. In
addition to the financial assets and liabilities identified above, pension liabilities
(see note 18) are also included in net financial debt.
The loan measured at fair value using the fair value option and its related swaps
comes under measurement level 3 as per IFRS 7, because interest payments and
loan repayments partly depend on inflation assumptions for the current year.
The fair value in the tables above has either been taken directly from listed market
prices or by calculating the discounted cash flows. In cases where the latter met
hod is used, all variables used in the calculation, such as discount rates and ex
change rates, are taken from market listings. The difference between fair value
and carrying amount arises because certain liabilities are not valued at fair value
in the balance sheet, but are stated at their amortised cost. In the case of trade
receivables and trade payables the carrying amount is used as the fair value, as
this is judged to be an accurate reflection of the fair value. When it has not been
possible to determine a reliable fair value for shares and participating interests,
they have been excluded from the tables.
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
7 5
Items recognised at fair
value via profit of the year
Loans valued
at fair value
Derivatives
Derivatives
with hedge
accounting
Trade receiv
ables and loan
receivables
Available
forsale
assets
Other
liabilities
Total
carrying
amount
Fair value
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
51
51
-
-
19
19
2
50
-
-
-
-
-
37
37
22
22
190
248
-
2 602
27
2 629
6
17
23
-
88
88
1 988
-
-
9
-
-
-
-
-
-
2 602
27
2 629
6
51
17
74
-
88
88
2 602
27
2 629
6
51
-
17
74
88
88
2 183
2 183
2 205
1 240
2 193
5 615
945
249
619
54
7
1 240
2 193
37
5 652
945
249
619
41
54
7
1 240
2 193
37
5 675
945
249
619
41
54
-
7
1 875
1 916
1 916
9
1 988
1 988
192
192
1 489
1 489
1 489
298
298
n o t e S
Parent company 2009
Financial instruments included
in net financial debt
non-current financial receivables
Deposits with credit institutions
Derivatives
Receivables from Group companies
Other financial receivables
Current financial receivables
Accrued interest
Derivatives
Receivables from Group companies
Other financial receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Current deposit of cash and cash
equivalents
Bank balances
non-current liabilities
MTN loans
Loans from banks and other
credit institutions
Liabilities to Group companies
Derivatives
Current liabilities
Commercial paper programme
Bank account liabilities
Current portion of longterm loans
Derivatives
Accrued interest
Liabilities to Group companies
Other current liabilities
Financial instruments not included
in net financial debt
Other shares and participating interests
Trade receivables
Derivatives (recognised among
operating receivables)
Trade payables
Derivatives (recognised among
operating liabilities)
7 6
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
n o t e S
Items recognised at fair
value via profit of the year
Loans valued
at fair value
Derivatives
Derivatives
with hedge
accounting
Trade receiv
ables and loan
receivables
Available
forsale
assets
Other
liabilities
Total
carrying
amount
Fair value
Parent company 2008
Financial instruments included
in net financial debt
non-current financial receivables
Deposits with credit institutions
Derivatives
Receivables from Group companies
Other financial receivables
Current financial receivables
Accrued interest
Derivatives
Receivables from Group companies
Other financial receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Current deposit of cash and cash
equivalents
-
-
Bank balances
non-current liabilities
MTN loans
Loans from banks and other
credit institutions
Liabilities to Group companies
Derivatives
Current liabilities
Commercial paper programme
Bank account liabilities
Current portion of longterm loans
Derivatives
Accrued interest
Liabilities to Group companies
Other current liabilities
Financial instruments not included
in net financial debt
Other shares and participating interests
Trade receivables
Derivatives (recognised among
operating receivables)
Trade payables
Derivatives (recognised among
operating liabilities)
-
-
-
32
32
65
65
-
13
13
154
154
33
-
-
-
126
126
1
1
105
137
1 098
2 663
27
2 690
6
16
23
226
316
542
-
-
-
-
-
-
2 343
11
-
-
32
2 663
27
2 722
6
65
32
2 663
27
2 722
6
65
16
16
-
-
88
88
226
226
316
316
542
542
1 262
1 262
1 282
1 404
3 660
6 325
1 404
3 660
139
6 464
1 412
3 660
139
6 493
1 467
1 467
1 467
143
567
125
2 255
4 558
143
567
155
125
2 255
4 713
143
567
155
125
2 255
4 713
11
2 343
2 343
138
138
1 738
1 738
1 738
1 235
1 235
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
7 7
n o t e S
note 15 Inventories
Group, SeKm
Total trade receivables
Group
Parent company
Of which overdue > 15 days *
2009
2008
2009
2008
Of which overdue > 30 days **
2009
2 712
120
92
2008
3 144
144
88
Raw materials and consumables
Timber and pulpwood
830
211
885
297
Finished products and work in progress
1 081
1 454
577
737
534
182
756
541
534
237
1 118
684
* incl. overdue > 30 days.
** excl. bad debts/provisions recognised in profit/loss.
note 17 equity
Felling rights
Electricity certificates and
emission rights
total
152
62
129
56
2 850
3 434
2 142
2 629
Share capital
The year’s impairment losses on inventories adversely affecting profit for the year
amount to SEK 70 million (26) for the Group and to SEK 40 million (28) for the
parent company. In 2009, emission rights were reclassified from intangible non
current assets to inventories.
note 16 operating receivables
Parent company
Registrered share capital
Class A
Class B
total number of shares
Bought back class B shares
31 Dec 2009
Quotient
value
Number
50
50
22 623 234
62 132 928
84 756 162
760 000
SEKm
1 131.2
3 106.6
4 237.8
Trade receivables
Group companies
Associates
Other
total trade receivables
Current receivables
Group companies
Associates
Other
Derivatives
Prepayments and
accrued income
total other operating receivables
Group
Parent company
2009
2008
2009
2008
46
64
2 666
2 712
3 080
3 144
114
46
1 828
1 988
162
64
2 118
2 343
9
160
225
96
490
5
220
157
166
548
0
5
113
192
72
383
5
143
138
135
421
total operating receivables
3 202
3 692
2 371
2 764
Trade receivables are stated after deduction of anticipated and actual credit
losses. The Holmen Paper business area’s trade receivables correspond to
58 per cent of the Group’s total trade receivables, while those of Iggesund
Paperboard account for 27 per cent. The Group’s trade receivables mainly relate
to European customers. Trade receivables denominated in foreign currencies are
valued at closing rates. The fair values of derivatives relate to hedges for future
cash flows.
Customer credit risk. The risk that the Group’s customers will not fulfil their pay
ment obligations is limited by means of credit worthiness checks, internal credit
limits per customer and, in some cases, by insuring trade receivables against
credit losses. At 31 December 2009 some 50 per cent (54) of the Group’s trade
receivables were insured against credit losses. Holmen’s exposure to individual
customers is limited and in 2009 sales to the five largest customers accounted
for just under 11 per cent of the Group’s total turnover.
During the year, losses on trade receivables had a negative SEK 14 million (nega
tive: 1) impact on earnings.The provision for anticipated credit losses on trade re
ceivables amounted to SEK 21 million (13) at 31 December 2009 and it has been
recognised net together with trade receivables. During the year the provision was
reduced by SEK 0 million (22) as a result of actual credit losses, and was in
creased by SEK 8 million (2) as a result of changes in the provision for anticipated
credit losses.
At 31 December 2009 trade receivables of SEK 120 million (144) had been due
for payment for more than 15 days, excluding trade receivables for which provi
sions had been made. The maturity structure of these items is shown in the next
table:
total number of shares outstanding
83 996 162
Issued call options, B shares
758 300
Share capital
Parent company
Registrered share capital
Class A
Class B
total number of shares
Bought back class B shares
31 Dec 2008
Quotient
value
Number
50
50
22 623 234
62 132 928
84 756 162
760 000
SEKm
1 131.2
3 106.6
4 327.8
total number of shares outstanding
83 996 162
Issued call options, B shares
758 300
The company’s share capital consists of shares issued in two classes, class A,
each of which carries ten votes, and class B, each of which carries one vote, but
there are no other differences in rights between the two share classes.
At 31 December 2009 the Group’s own shareholding was 760 000 shares
(760 000). None of the Group’s own shares were sold during the year.
The Board proposes that the AGM, to be held on 24 March 2010, approves a
dividend of SEK 7 per share. The proposed dividend totals SEK 588 million. The
preceding year, the dividend paid was SEK 9 per share (SEK 756 million).
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value according to Chapter 4 Section 14a of
the Swedish Annual Accounts Act had a negative impact of SEK 132 million (1 294)
on parent company equity. In the Group, valuation of derivatives and other financial
instruments had a negative impact of SEK 96 million (1 291) on equity.
Holmen’s profitability target is a return that is consistently above the market
based cost of capital. Decisions on ordinary dividend are based on an appraisal
of the Group’s profitability, future investment plans and financial position. The aim
is to have a robust financial position with a debt/equity ratio in the interval of 0.3–
0.8. Neither the parent company nor the subsidiaries are subject to external capi
tal requirements, except for Holmen Försäkring AB, the Group’s insurance com
pany that insures Group companies internally, which complies with the Swedish
Financial Supervisory Authority’s regulations on the ratio between equity and
risk. For more details about the Group’s capital management, see the administra
tion report on pages 46 and 48.
7 8
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
n o t e S
note 18 Pension provisions
Holmen has defined benefit occupational pension plans for its salaried employ-
ees in Sweden (ITP plan) and for most of its employees in the UK. These plans
provide benefits based on final salary and period of employment. The scheme in
the UK has been closed for new entrants since the end of June 2004. Since then,
new employees have been offered a defined contribution pension scheme.
Occupational pension plans for “blue-collar” employees in Sweden are defined
contribution plans.
The commitments arising out of the pension schemes in the UK are placed in
trusts. The defined benefit commitments over and above the ITP plan for Group
management in Sweden are secured by means of a pension fund. These commit-
ments are recognised in the consolidated accounts as defined benefit plans in
accordance with IAS 19. Most of the defined benefit pension commitments on
behalf of salaried employees in Sweden are secured by means of insurance poli-
cies with Alecta. As Alecta cannot provide sufficient information to permit the ITP
plan to be stated in the accounts as a defined benefit plan it is stated in accor-
dance with statement UFR 6 of the Swedish Financial Reporting Board as a de-
fined contribution plan. The year’s premiums for pension insurance policies taken
out with Alecta amounted to SEK 37 million (24), of which SEK 35 million (22)
relates to old age and family pensions. These are included among staff costs in
the income statement. Alecta’s surplus can be allocated to policyholders and/or
the persons insured. At the end of 2009, Alecta’s collective consolidation level
was 141 per cent (112).
Of the Group’s total commitments, SEK 53 million (68) refers to those that are not
funded, while the rest are wholly or partially funded commitments. Of the parent
company’s commitments, SEK 43 million (58) are secured under the act on safe-
guarding pension obligations, Tryggandelagen.
Plan assets by type are as shown below:
Plan assets
Equity
Bonds
Current fixed income investments
Group
Parent company
2009
2008
2009
2008
611
691
84
457
617
125
52
85
0
35
89
1
1 385
1 199
137
125
The plan assets do not include any financial instruments issued by Group
companies or assets used by the Group.
Key actuarial assumptions, Group
(weighted average), %
Discount rate
Expected return on plan assets
Pay increases in the future
Inflation in the future
2009
31 Dec
2008
31 Dec
5.5
5.5
4.2
3.4
5.4
4.9
3.9
2.9
Pension costs
Defined benefit plans
Staff cost
Finance income
Finance costs
Total defined benefit plans
stated in income statement
Defined contribution plans
Staff cost
total recognised in income statement
Group
Parent company
2009
2008
2009
2008
The expected return on fixed income securities was estimated on the basis of
highly rated long-term bonds; in the case of shares, a risk premium was added.
-17
0
-28
-20
2
-7
-45
-25
7
0
-3
4
-10
-
-1
-11
-145
-190
-104
-129
-132
-128
-92
-103
A discount rate of 4.2 per cent (4.0) and salary levels at the balance sheet date
were used for calculating the amount of the parent company’s pension
commitment.
Five-year figures, Group
2009
2008
2007
2006
2005
Present value of commitments
-1 706
-1 553
-1 769
-1 866
-1 818
Fair value of plan assets
Net
1 385
-320
1 199
1 521
1 510
1 400
-354
-247
-356
-418
Adjustments based
on experience
Defined benefit commitments
Plan assets
-11
131
-3
-237
4
-6
15
32
The Group’s payments into the funded defined benefit plans in 2010 are
expected to amount to SEK 51 million.
The year’s actuarial adjustment for the Group was SEK 15 million (-169), in-
cluding the cost of associated special employer’s contribution of SEK 2 million
(7), which was recognised in other comprehensive income. The accumulated
actuarial revaluation amounts to a cost of SEK 113 million (128).
The change in the defined benefit commitments and the change in plan assets
are specified in the table below. Most of the commitments relate to the pension
plans in the UK.
Group
Parent company
2009
2008
2009
2008
Commitments
Commitments at 1 January
-1 553
-1 769
-189
-183
Cost of employment during current period
Interest costs
Actuarial gains/losses
Premiums paid by employees
Pensions paid
Transferred from provisions
Settlements
Exchange differences
-21
-87
-118
-7
105
-13
4
-16
-20
-88
75
-7
89
-36
6
198
-6
-3
-
-
31
-13
-
-
0
-1
-
-
24
-36
6
-
Commitments at 31 December
-1 706
-1 553
-180
-189
Plan assets
Fair value of assets at 1 January
1 199
1 521
125
135
Expected return
Actuarial gains/losses
Real return (parent company)
Premiums paid by employer
Premiums paid by employees
Pensions paid
Exchange differences
Fair value of assets at 31 December
Pension provisions, net
59
131
-
53
7
-74
11
1 385
-320
83
-237
-
54
7
-63
-167
1 199
-354
-
-
19
-
-
-8
-
137
-43
-
-
10
-
-
-
-
125
-64
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
7 9
n o t e S
note 19 other provisions
Group
Carrying amount at start of year
Provisions during the period
Utilised during the period
Translation differences
Closing carrying amount
Of which non-current part of the provisions
Of which current part of the provisions
Parent company
Carrying amount at start of year
Provisions during the period
Utilised during the period
Closing carrying amount
Of which non-current part of the provisions
Of which current part of the provisions
Provisions
for taxes
Silviculture
provision
Other
provisions
2009
2008
2009
2008
2009
2008
2009
692
-
-
-
692
692
-
45
-
-
45
45
-
426
267
-
-
692
692
-
45
-
-
45
45
-
153
100
-93
-
161
71
90
153
100
-93
161
71
90
141
101
-88
-
153
54
99
141
101
-88
153
54
99
511
145
-132
-3
522
338
184
496
30
-128
398
269
129
193
391
-74
0
511
333
178
46
522
-72
496
320
177
1 357
246
-224
-3
1 375
1 102
274
695
130
-221
604
386
218
Total
2008
759
759
-162
0
1 357
1 080
277
231
623
-160
695
419
275
Holmen has made a provision of SEK 692 million to cover disputes and uncer-
tainties relating to taxes. Holmen has one large tax case still in progress, affecting
MoDo Capital, a Holmen subsidiary. In January 2010, the County Administrative
Court did not rule in favour of the company, resulting in tax expense estimated at
a total of about SEK 640 million. The provision for taxes covers this expense; it is
thus not anticipated that the expense will affect the Group’s earnings. Holmen
will appeal against the judgment to the Administrative Court of Appeal.
The silviculture provision relates to a provision to cover coming reforestation
measures to be taken after completion of final harvesting. The measures are
normally carried out within three years after harvesting.
Other provisions primarily relate to obligations to restore the environment, as well
as staff costs and restructuring costs. In 2009 production ceased on
Workington’s BM1 board machine, and major staff cuts were initiated at Braviken
Paper Mill. In 2008, operations ceased at Wargön Mill, and production was dis-
continued on the PM 2 machine and the line for recovered paper at Hallsta Paper
Mill. By the end of 2009, provisions of SEK 254 million had been made to cover
the costs of these restructuring measures.
note 20 operating liabilities
note 21 operating leases
Group
Parent company
2009
2008
2009
2008
In 2009, the Group’s lease payments amounted to SEK 25 million (23), and the
parent company’s to SEK 9 million (12). The Group’s lease agreements relate to
forklift trucks. No new lease agreements of any significance for the business were
entered into during the 2009 financial year. No leased equipment was rented out.
The breakdown of future lease payments is as follows:
Group
Parent company
2011
–2015
2010
2016–
2010
2011
–2015
2016–
Future lease payments
Present value of future lease
payments
21
21
19
18
-
-
8
7
0
0
-
-
The contracts have remaining durations ranging from 1 to 5 years. The Group’s
future lease payments for existing lease agreements amounted to SEK 33 million
at the end of 2008. Those in the parent company amounted to SEK 6 million.
Apart from lease agreements, Holmen has time charter contracts in respect of
five ships that are used to distribute the company’s products. The contracts were
entered into in 2006 and 2008 and run for a remaining 1 to 7 years.
Trade payables
Group companies
Associates
Other
total trade payables
Current liabilities
Associates
Other
Derivatives
Accruals and deferred income
-
39
-
62
1 872
1 911
2 220
2 282
129
0
1 360
1 489
-
253
258
637
2
237
1 191
727
-
203
298
429
930
136
-
1 602
1 738
2
193
1 235
509
1 938
total other operating liabilities
1 149
2 157
total operating liabilities
3 060
4 439
2 419
3 676
All trade payables are due for payment within one year.
Accruals and deferred income in the parent company mainly consists of staff
costs of SEK 207 million (225) and discounts of SEK 46 million (60).
Fair values of derivatives relate substantially to hedging of future cash flows; see
notes 2 and 14.
8 0
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
n o t e S
note 22 Pledged collateral and contingent liabilities
Pledged collateral value
Contingent liabilities
2009
2008
2009
2008
Property
mortgages
Other
collateral
Total
pledged
collateral
Total
pledged
collateral
2009
2008
Surety on behalf of Group companies
Other contingent liabilities
total
-
140
140
-
671
671
602
86
688
444
321
766
Group
Parent company
Group
For own liabilities
Financial liabilities
total
Parent company
For own liabilities
Financial liabilities
total
6
6
6
6
15
15
-
0
21
21
6
6
25
25
6
6
The parent company’s surety on behalf of Group companies relates mainly to
surety for loans in the subsidiary Holmen Energi Elhandel AB.
On the basis of the Swedish Environmental Code, the Swedish environmental
authorities may raise the issue of soil tests and site restoration at discontinued
units. Responsibility for restoring the environment is determined from case to
case, often with the aid of a reasonability assessment. Holmen has environment-
related contingent liabilities that cannot at present be quantified, but that could
involve costs in the future.
note 23 Related parties
Of the parent company’s net sales of SEK 13 436 million (14 382), 0.8 (0.9) per cent
relates to deliveries to Group companies. The parent company’s purchases from
Group companies amounted to SEK 143 million.
There are significant financial receivables and liabilities between the parent
company and its Swedish subsidiaries, which do not carry interest.
The parent company has a related party relationship with its subsidiaries
(see note 24).
L E Lundbergföretagen AB is a large shareholder in Holmen (see page 29). Holmen
rents office premises for SEK 7 million (7) from Fastighets AB L E Lundberg, which
is a group company within L E Lundbergföretagen AB. In 2009, Fredrik Lundberg,
who is CEO and principal shareholder in L E Lundbergföretagen, received a fee of
SEK 550 000 as Board chairman of Holmen.
Transactions with related parties are priced at market-based conditions. The equity
holdings in associates that produce hydro and wind power entitle the Group to buy
the electricity produced at cost price in relation to the shareholding, which means
that the associate only earns a limited profit. Purchased electricity is sold to exter-
nal customers at market price, and the earnings are stated in the consolidated
accounts within the Holmen Energi business area.
In Spain, energy and recovered paper are purchased from associates.
transactions with related parties
Group
Associates
Parent company
Subsidiaries
Associates
Sale of products
to related parties
Purchase of products
from related parties
Other (e.g.
interest, dividend)
Liability to
related parties
Receivable from
related parties
2009
220
103
220
2008
190
134
190
2009
273
143
0
2008
384
291
-
2009
1
1 146
1
2008
1
2009
39
2008
64
41
1
2 322
3 813
0
2
2009
194
2 716
87
2008
104
2 842
104
For fees and remuneration paid to members of the Board see note 5.
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
8 1
n o t e S
note 24 Interests in Group companies
Parent company
Accumulated acquisition cost
Carrying amount at start of year
Purchases
Shareholder contribution
Sales
Closing balance at 31 December
Accumulated revaluations
Carrying amount at start of year
Closing balance at 31 December
Accumulated impairment losses
Carrying amount at start of year
Impairment losses for the year
Closing balance at 31 December
Closing carrying amount
2009
2008
17 426
17 397
-
323
-1 073
208
228
-407
16 676
17 426
2 299
2 299
2 299
2 299
4 222
4 222
436
-
4 658
4 222
14 318
15 503
The parent company’s impairment losses on participating interests in Group
companies are recognised in the income statement in the line item Impairment
losses on financial non-current assets, and refer to holdings in Swedish
subsidiaries.
Several mergers took place within the Group during the year, aiming to simplify
the company’s structure in Sweden; Iggesund Kraft AB, Junkaravan AB and
MoDo Holding AB were merged with Holmen Energi Elhandel AB.
In conjunction with the mergers, Holmen AB transferred its shares in the
relevant subsidiaries to Holmen Energi Elhandel AB, reported in the line item
Sales (negative: SEK 1 073 million). The transfer took place at the carrying
amount.
Parent company’s direct holdings of interests in subsidiaries
Corporate
ID No.
Registered
office
No. of shares
Interest, %*
Carrying amount
SEK thousands
Interest, %*
Carrying amount
SEK thousands
2009
2008
Holmen Paper AB
556005-6383
Norrköping
Iggesund Paperboard AB
556088-5294
Hudiksvall
Holmen Timber AB
Holmen Skog AB
Holmen Energi AB
Fiskeby AB
556099-0672
Hudiksvall
556220-0658
Örnsköldsvik
556524-8456
Örnsköldsvik
556000-9218
Norrköping
Holmen Energi Elhandel AB
556537-4286
Stockholm
Holmens Bruk AB
556002-0264
Norrköping
Holmen Försäkring AB
516406-0062
Stockholm
AB Iggesunds Bruk
Iggesund Kraft AB
Junkaravan AB
MoDo Capital AB
MoDo Holding AB
556000-8053
Hudiksvall
556422-0902
Örnsköldsvik
556227-3630
Örnsköldsvik
556499-1668
Stockholm
556537-6281
Örnsköldsvik
Skärnäs Terminal AB
556008-3171
Hudiksvall
Other Swedish Group companies
total Swedish holdings
Holmen France Holding S.A.S., France
Iggesund Decoupe France, S.A., France **
Holmen UK Ltd, UK
Holmen Paper UK Ltd **
Iggesund Paperboard (Workington) Ltd **
Holmen GmbH, Germany
Holmen Suecia Holding S.L., Spain
Holmen Paper Madrid S.L. **
Cartón y Papel Reciclado S.A. (Carpa), Spain **
Paris
Valence
Workington
London
Workington
Hamburg
Madrid
Madrid
Madrid
100
1 000
1 000
1 000
1 000
2 000 000
1 000
49 514 201
10 000
6 002 500
-
-
1 000
-
4 800
40 000
-
1 197 100
-
-
9 448 557
-
-
Iggesund Paperboard Asia Pte Ltd, Singapore
Singapore
800 000
Iggesund Paperboard Europe B.V., the Netherlands
Amsterdam
Iggesund (Paper & Board) Services B.V. **
AS Holmen Mets, Estonia
Other non-Swedish Group companies
total non-Swedish holdings
total
Utrecht
Tallinn
35
-
500
* Percentage of shares and percentage of votes for the total number of shares are the same.
** Indirect holding.
8 2
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
-
-
100
-
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
83
100
646 160
100
4 286 121
45 304
3 932 558
-
-
71 552
-
2 913
3 211
8 988 402
5 192
-
1 518 959
-
-
655
3 577 265
-
-
4 273
207 733
-
-
15 029
5 329 106
14 317 508
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
83
100
646 160
100
4 286 121
45 175
3 932 558
61 361
549 125
96 588
462 372
2 913
90 836
10 173 793
5 192
-
1 518 959
-
-
655
3 577 265
-
-
4 273
207 733
-
-
15 122
5 329 199
15 502 992
note 25 Untaxed reserves
Parent company
2009 Appropriations
31 Dec
Accumulated depreciation and
amortisation in excess of plan
Intangible non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
total
tax allocation reserve
Assessment of tax 2004
Assessment of tax 2005
Assessment of tax 2006
Assessment of tax 2007
Assessment of tax 2008
Assessment of tax 2009
Assessment of tax 2010
total
4
9
13
0
0
520
490
570
55
715
2 350
2 363
0
5
5
-518
-590
715
-393
-388
31 Dec
2008
4
4
8
518
590
520
490
570
55
2 743
2 751
note 26 Cash flow statement
Group
Parent company
Interest paid and dividends received
2009
2008
Dividends received
Interest received
Interest paid
total
-
7
-287
-280
-
14
-335
-320
2009
1 156
19
-272
903
2008
15
87
-331
-229
Change in current liabilities
The change in current liabilities mostly relates to borrowing within the Group’s
commercial paper programme and to utilisation of the Group’s long-term
committed credit facility. In 2009, a number of different short-term loans amount-
ing in total to SEK 8 760 million (9 327) were raised within the Group’s commer-
cial paper programme, and SEK 9 295 million (11 398) was repaid. Several dif-
ferent short-term loans amounting in total to SEK 1 880 million (2 702) were
raised in 2009 within the Group’s long-term credit facility, and SEK 4 131 million
(516) were repaid.
For a specification of cash and cash equivalents see Note 14.
note 27 Key assessments and estimates
When preparing financial reports the company’s management is required to
make assessments and estimates that have an effect on the stated amounts. The
assessments and estimates that, in the view of the company’s management, are
of importance for the amounts stated in the annual report, and for which there is a
significant risk that future events and new information could alter these assess-
ments and estimates, mainly include:
Biological assets
Holmen’s assessment is that no relevant market prices are available that can be
used to value forest holdings as extensive as Holmen’s. The valuation is therefore
made by calculating the present value of future expected cash flows from the
growing forests. The most material estimates made relate to how much harvest-
ing can be increased in the future, what changes there will be in pulpwood and
timber prices, how high inflation will be, and what discount rate is used. Note 12
provides a sensitivity analysis for the valuation of changes in these estimates.
The carrying amount of biological assets at 31 December 2009 was
SEK 11 109 million and the attributable deferred tax liability SEK 2 922 million,
to give a net value of SEK 8 187 million.
n o t e S
tax
Holmen has one large tax case still in progress, affecting MoDo Capital, a Holmen
subsidiary. In January 2010, the County Administrative Court did not rule in
favour of the company, resulting in tax expense estimated to total SEK 640 million.
The provision for taxes covers this expense; it is thus not anticipated that it will
have any impact on the Group’s earnings. Holmen will appeal against the judg-
ment to the Administrative Court of Appeal. See notes 8, 19 and 22.
Net deferred tax assets of SEK 307 million are recgonised in the consolidated
accounts on the basis of the assessment that it will probably be possible to utilise
them to reduce tax payments in the future. Over and above this , at year-end the
Group had loss carry-forwards and fiscal temporary differences corresponding to
tax of some SEK 570 million not stated in the consolidated accounts on the
grounds for assessment that utilisation must be likely. See note 8.
Pensions
The Group’s provision for pensions amounts to SEK 320 million on the basis of
defined benefit pension commitments valued at SEK 1 706 million and plan
assets of SEK 1 385 million provided to cover them. The value of pension com-
mitments is estimated on the basis of assumptions regarding discount rates,
inflation, future pay increases, and demographic factors. These assumptions are
normally updated each year, which has an effect on the size of the recognised
pension liability and equity. Together with assumptions regarding the expected
return on plan assets, these assumptions will have an influence on the coming
year’s recognised pension cost. See note 18.
environment
Provisions have been made to cover environmentally-related measures associ-
ated with former activities based on estimated future site-restoration costs.
Moreover it is judged that the company has a responsbility for environ mental
measures that cannot at present be quantified but that could involve costs in the
future. See note 22.
Restructuring
In 2009 production ceased on Workington’s BM 1 board machine, and major staff
cuts were initiated at Braviken Paper Mill. In 2008, operations ceased at Wargön
Mill, and production was discontinued on the PM 2 paper machine and the line
for recovered paper at Hallsta Paper Mill. By the end of 2009, provisions of
SEK 254 million had been made to cover the costs of these restructuring meas-
ures. The uncertainty regarding the amount of the provision relates primarily to
the cost of restoring the mill site and how much income will be received from the
sale of machinery. Restructuring costs normally arise as a consequence of
changes in the business. The Group makes minor changes on an ongoing basis,
and costs associated with these are not normally specified separately. No major
changes have been announced, but, should the situation alter, further provisions
may become necessary.
Impairment testing
Holmen has an obligation to carry out regular impairment testing to determine
the need to state new impairment losses and/or reversals. In 2007 impairment
losses of SEK 1 603 million were recognised on goodwill and property, plant and
equipment within the Holmen Paper business area. This impairment was based
on estimates of recoverable amounts using assumptions regarding future
changes in prices, volumes and costs, as well as the estimated market cost of
capital. Changes in conditions may have an effect on the estimated recoverable
amount applied in connection with future impairment tests. Uncertainty about
trends in the demand for and price of newsprint is greater than usual.
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
8 3
P r oPo s e d t r e a t m e n t o f u n aP Pr oPr i a t e d e a r n i n g s
Proposed treatment
of unappropriated earnings
The following unappropriated earnings of the parent company are at
the disposal of the Annual General Meeting:
Net profit for the 2009 financial year
Retained earnings brought forward
The Board of Directors propose that
an ordinary dividend of SEK 7 per share (83 996 162 shares) be paid to shareholders
and that the remaining amount be carried forward
SEK
1 664 178 896
3 112 287 430
4 776 466 326
587 973 134
4 188 493 192
4 776 466 326
The Board of Holmen AB has proposed that the 2010 Annual General Meeting resolves in favour of paying a dividend of SEK 7 per share, a total of
SEK 588 million, which is a reduction of SEK 2 per share compared to the previous year.
The proposed dividend means that 4 per cent of the Group’s equity at 31 December 2009 will be paid out by way of dividend. The proposal complies with the
Board’s policy, in that decisions on dividend are to be based on an appraisal of the Group’s profitability, future investment plans and financial position. The
proposed dividend corresponds to 58 per cent of the net profit for 2009.
The Board has established that the Group shall have a strong financial position with a debt/equity ratio – defined as net financial debt in relation to equity – in
the interval between 0.3 and 0.8. The debt/equity ratio at 31 December 2009 was 0.34. Payment of the proposed dividend would raise the debt/equity ratio by
around 0.05.
Holmen AB’s equity at 31 December 2009 amounted to SEK 10 691 million, of which non-restricted equity was SEK 4 776 million. The Group’s equity on the
same date amounted to SEK 16 504 million. Complying with IFRS, no distinction is made at Group level between restricted and non-restricted equity.
The Board considers that payment of a dividend of the amount proposed is justifiable in view of the demands made on the company and the Group by the na-
ture, extent and risks associated with the business in terms of the amount of equity required, and taking into account the need for consolidation, liquidity and
financial position in other respects. The financial position will remain strong after payment of the proposed dividend and is considered to be fully adequate to
enable the company to fulfil its obligations in both the short and the long term, as well as to finance such investments as may be necessary.
The Board and CEO declare that the annual report was prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in Sweden and the Group’s fi-
nancial statements were prepared in accordance with the international accounting standards referred to in the European Parliament’s and Council’s regulation
(EG) No. 1606/2002 of 19 July 2002 concerning the application of international accounting standards. The annual report and the Group’s financial statements
provide a true and fair picture of the performance and financial position of the parent company and the Group. The administration report for the parent compa-
ny and the Group provides a true and fair picture of the development of the operations, financial position and performance of the Group and the parent com-
pany and also describes material risks and uncertainties to which the parent company and the other companies in the Group are exposed.
The annual report and the Group’s financial statements were approved for publication by the Board in its decision of 22 February 2010. The Group’s income
statement and balance sheet and the parent company’s income statement and balance sheet will be presented for adoption at the Annual General Meeting
that will be held on 24 March 2010.
Stockholm, 22 February 2010
fredrik Lundberg
Chairman
Kenneth Johansson
Board member
Carl Bennet
Board member
Carl Kempe
Deputy chairman
steewe Björklundh
Curt Källströmer
Board member
Board member
ulf Lundahl
Board member
göran Lundin
Board member
Karin norin
Board member
Lilian fossum
Board member
Hans Larsson
Board member
magnus Hall
Board member and
Chief Executive Officer
Our audit report was submitted on 24 February 2010.
KPMG AB
george Pettersson
Authorised public accountant
8 4
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
au d i t rePo r t
Audit report
To the Annual General Meeting of the shareholders in Holmen Aktiebolag.
Corporate identity No. 556001-3301
We have audited the annual report, the Group’s financial statements, the accounting records and the administration of the Board of Directors and the CEO of
Holmen AB for the year 2009. The annual report and the Group’s financial statements are included in the printed version of this document on pages 42–84.
The Board of Directors and the CEO have responsibility for these accounts and the administration of the company as well as for the application of the Swedish
Annual Accounts Act when preparing the annual report and the application of international financial reporting standards IFRS as adopted by the EU and the
Swedish Annual Accounts Act when preparing the Group’s financial statements. Our responsibility is to express our opinion on the annual report, the Group’s
financial statements and the administration on the basis of our audit.
We carried out our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards in Sweden. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable but not absolute assurance that the annual report and the Group’s financial statements are free from material misstatement. An audit inclu-
des examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the accounts. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles
used and their application by the Board of Directors and the CEO and significant estimates made by the Board of Directors and the CEO when preparing the
annual report and the Group’s financial statements as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the information in the annual report and the Group’s finan-
cial statements. As a basis for our opinion concerning discharge from liability, we examined significant decisions, actions taken and circumstances of the
company in order to be able to determine the liability, if any, to the company of any Board member or the CEO. We also examined whether any board member
or the CEO in any other way acted in contravention of the Swedish Companies Act, the Swedish Annual Accounts Act or the Articles of Association. We
believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion set out below.
The annual report were prepared in accordance with the Swedish Annual Accounts Act and gives a true and fair view of the company’s financial position and
the result of its operations in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in Sweden. The Group’s financial statements were prepared in accor-
dance with international financial reporting standards IFRS as adopted by the EU and the Swedish Annual Accounts Act and give a true and fair view of the
Group’s financial position and the result of its operations. The administration report is consistent with the other parts of the annual report and the Group’s
financial statements.
We recommend to the Annual General Meeting of shareholders that the income statements and balance sheets of the parent company and the Group be
adopted, that the profit of the parent company be dealt with in accordance with the proposal in the administration report and that the members of the Board
of Directors and the CEO be discharged from liability for the financial year.
Stockholm, 24 February 2010
KPMG AB
george Pettersson
Authorised public accountant
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
8 5
an n u aL ge n e r aL me e t i n g
Annual General Meeting
dividend
The Board has proposed that a dividend of
SEK 7 (9) per share be paid to shareholders. The
Board has proposed Monday 29 March 2010
as the record date for entitlement to dividend.
Provided the Annual General Meeting resolves
in favour of the proposal, the dividend is
expected to be distributed by Euroclear Sweden
on Thursday 1 April 2010. Shareholders are
requested to inform their account operator of
any change of name and/or address.
annual report
The Annual Report for 2009 will be posted in
the week starting 8 March to shareholders who
have indicated their wish to receive it in this
way. New shareholders will be informed in
connection with the distribution of the share-
holder magazine Holmen Business Report,
how to order and cancel printed and electroni-
cally transmitted financial information via the
website under Shareholder service.
sustainability report
Holmen and its World 2009 will be published
at the same time as the Annual Report and will
describe Holmen’s holistic approach to the
environment, social responsibility and financial
development. The complete sustainability
report for 2009 is available on the website.
The report will be posted in the week starting
15 March to shareholders who have indicated
their wish to receive it in this way.
availability and languages
The financial information and Holmen and its
World 2009 are available on the website in
both English and Swedish. Holmen and its
World is also available in Spanish.
All material is available on the website,
where you can also place orders and start
subscriptions. You can also do this via:
The 2010 Annual General Meeting of
Holmen AB will be held at “Vinterträdgården”,
Grand Hôtel (the Royal entrance), Stockholm,
at 4.00 p.m. CET on Wednesday 24 March.
Participation in
annual general meeting
Shareholders who wish to participate in the
Annual General Meeting shall be entered in the
register of shareholders maintained by Euro-
clear Sweden AB no later than Thursday 18
March 2010, and shall notify the company by
no later than Thursday 18 March 2010 at:
Holmen AB
Group Legal Affairs
P.O. Box 5407
SE-114 84 Stockholm
Sweden
Notification may also be made via the compa-
ny’s website www.holmen.com or by telephone
+46 8 666 21 11 or by fax +46 660 759 78.
Shareholders whose shares are registered in
a nominee name should temporarily re-register
their shares in their own name with Euroclear
Sweden so that this takes effect no later than
Thursday 18 March 2010 to be entitled to
participate in the Annual General Meeting.
Holmen AB
Group Public Relations
P.O.Box 5407
SE- 114 84 Stockholm
Sweden
Phone +46 8 666 21 00
Fax +46 8 666 21 30
e-mail: info@holmen.com
8 6
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
Information
two reports for 2009
Holmen’s shareholders are the main target reader-
ship for the annual report, which is published in
both English and Swedish. It is posted in the week
starting 8 March to shareholders who have indi-
cated their wish to receive it in this way. In addition
to its annual report Holmen also publishes a sepa-
rate sustainability report entitled Holmen and its
World. This is written for a broad readership,
including customers, employees, school pupils and
local residents where Holmen has large facilities.
The sustainability report is published in Swe-
dish and English in connection with the Annual
General Meeting. A Spanish version is published in
May. The annual report and the sustainability
report are avaliable at and can be ordered from
Holmen’s website.
i n f o r m a t i o n
online press
conferences
The interim and year-end
reports are presented at
press and teleconferences
in English. The conferences
can also be accessed live on
Holmen’s website.
Holmen Business
report
The interim reports are presen-
ted in our shareholder maga-
zine Holmen Business Report,
which is published along with
the quarterly reports.
The magazine also includes
the CEO’s comments, news
and articles on current Holmen
events. Holmen Business
Report can be ordered via
Holmen’s website
www.holmen.com and it is
published in Swedish and
English.
Website
You can follow Holmen’s progress throughout
the year by visiting the company’s website:
www.holmen.com
New information was added during 2009,
primarily based on the needs and interests of
shareholders and investors. Extensive historic
data, such as the price trend of the Holmen share
over the years and dividend history, are available
under the headings Investors and share holders,
The share. Shareholders can also easily calculate
the return that they have received on their own
shareholding. The website gives visitors access
to analysis tools for the income statements of the
Group and its business areas. The cash flow
statement and key indicators are also presented.
Additionally, you can read about the Group’s
financing, ratings and maturity structure of
loans and get access to press releases, printed
matter and other published information.
reporting schedule
For 2010 Holmen will publish the following financial reports:
Interim report, January–March
Interim report, January–June
Interim report, January–September
Year-end report for 2010
6 may
11 august
26 october
2 february 2011
For 2011 Holmen will publish the following financial reports:
Interim report, January–March
Interim report, January–June
Interim report, January–September
6 may
17 august
26 october
Annual General Meeting 2011
30 march
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
8 7
de f i n i t i o n s a n d gLo s s a r y
Definitions and glossary
definitions
Capital employed
Cash flow after
investments
debt/equity ratio
earnings per share (ePs)
equity/assets ratio
financial assets
net financial debt
Operating capital reduced by the net
sum of deferred tax assets and deferred
tax liabilities. Average values are calcu-
lated on the basis of quarterly data.
glossary
Biofuel/biorefining
diP/de-inked Pulp
Cash flow from operating activities, less
cash flow from investing activities.
fBB/folding Box Board
Net financial debt divided by the sum
of equity and minority interests, if any.
fsC
Profit for the year divided by the
weighted average number of shares
outstanding, adjusted for buy-back of
shares, if any, during the year. Diluted
EPS means that any diluting effect from
outstanding call options has been taken
into account.
Equity plus minority interests, if any,
expressed as a percentage of total
assets.
Non-current and current financial
receivables and cash and cash
equivalents.
Non-current and current financial
liabil ities and pension provisions, less
financial assets.
items affecting comparability
See the ten-year review on page 40.
operating capital
operating margin
return on capital employed
return on equity
return on operating capital
Total assets, less financial receiv ables,
cash and cash equivalents, deferred
tax assets, operating liabilities, tax
provision and other provisions. Average
values are calculated on the basis of
quarterly data.
Operating profit/loss (excl. items
affecting comparability) expressed as
a percentage of net sales.
Operating profit/loss (excl. items
affecting comparability and transferred
operations) expressed as a percentage
of the average capital employed.
Profit for the year, expressed as a
percentage of the average equity
calculated on the basis of quarterly
data.
Operating profit/loss (excl. items
affecting comparability and transferred
operations) expressed as a percentage
of the average operating capital.
8 8
H O L M E N A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 0 9
Renewable fuels, such as wood (including
liquors, bark and crude tall oil).
Pulp manufactured from de-inked
recovered paper.
Multi-layered paperboard made from
mechanical and chemical pulp.
Forest Stewardship Council. An inter-
national forest certification system to
promote use of the world’s forests in ways
that are acceptable according to three
sets of criteria: environmental, social and
economic.
Mechanical pulp produced by grinding
wood against a grindstone.
Lightweight coated wood-containing
paper. Mainly used for magazines,
manuals and directories.
groundwood pulp
LWC/Light Weight Coated
mf special/machine finished
Includes standard and coloured
newsprint.
mWC/medium Weight Coated Medium weight coated wood-containing
PefC
paper. Used for magazines, manuals,
directories and advertising print.
Programme of the Endorsement of Forest
Certification schemes. An international
forest certification system. In Sweden
the PEFC and FSC standards are broadly
identical.
rmP/refiner mechanical Pulp Pulp produced from the refining of chips
sBB/solid bleached board
sC/super Calender
sulphate pulp
with or without chemical or thermal
treatment.
Multi-layer paperboard made from
bleached chemical pulp.
Super calendered paper. Uncoated,
glazed magazine paper.
Chemical pulp that is produced by
cooking wood under high pressure and
at a high temperature together with white
liquor (sodium hydroxide and sodium
sulphide).
tmP/thermo-mechanical
Obtained by heating spruce chips and
then grinding them in refiners.
Virgin fibre board
Paperboard produced from fibre that has
not previously been used to make paper-
board or paper, in contrast to recycled
fibre/recovered fibre.
Addresses
Holmen AB
Head office
(Strandvägen 1)
P.O. Box 5407
SE-114 84 STOCKHOLM
SWEDEN
Tel +46 8 666 21 00
Fax +46 8 666 21 30
E-mail info@holmen.com
www.holmen.com
Holmen Paper AB
(Vattengränden 2)
SE-601 88 NORRKÖPING
SWEDEN
Tel +46 11 23 50 00
Fax +46 11 23 63 04
Iggesund Paperboard AB
SE-825 80 IGGESUND
SWEDEN
Tel +46 650 280 00
Fax +46 650 288 00
E-mail info@iggesund.com
Holmen Timber AB
P.O. Box 45
SE-825 21 IGGESUND
SWEDEN
Tel +46 650 280 00
Fax +46 650 203 80
E-mail info@holmentimber.com
Holmen Skog AB
(Hörneborgsvägen 6)
SE-891 80 ÖRNSKÖLDSVIK
SWEDEN
Tel +46 660 754 00
Fax +46 660 759 85
E-mail info@holmenskog.com
Iggesunds Bruk (Mill)
SE-825 80 IGGESUND
SWEDEN
Tel +46 650 280 00
Fax +46 650 285 32
E-mail info@iggesund.com
Workington Mill
WORKINGTON Cumbria
CA14 1JX
UK
Tel +44 1900 601000
Fax +44 1900 605000
E-mail info@iggesund.com
Holmen Paper Hallsta
SE-763 81 HALLSTAVIK
SWEDEN
Tel +46 175 260 00
Fax +46 175 264 01
Holmen Paper Braviken
SE-601 88 NORRKÖPING
SWEDEN
Tel +46 11 23 50 00
Fax +46 11 23 66 30
Holmen Paper Madrid
Parque Industrial
La Cantueña
C/del Papel 1
ES-28947 FUENLABRADA
(Madrid)
SPAIN
Tel +34 91 642 0603
Fax +34 91 642 2470
Holmen Energi AB
(Hörneborgsvägen 6)
SE-891 80 ÖRNSKÖLDSVIK
SWEDEN
Tel +46 660 754 00
Fax +46 660 755 10
E-mail info@holmenenergi.com
Iggesunds Sågverk (Sawmill)
P.O. Box 45
SE-825 21 IGGESUND
SWEDEN
Tel +46 650 280 00
Fax +46 650 284 48
E-mail info@holmentimber.com
Bravikens Sågverk (Sawmill)
SE-601 88 NORRKÖPING
SWEDEN
Tel +46 11 23 50 00
Fax +46 11 23 62 19
E-mail info@holmentimber.com
The complete list of addresses is
available on Holmen’s website
www.holmen.com
The cover of the annual report is printed on Iggesund Paperboard’s solid bleached board, Invercote® Creato 280 gsm.
It is embossed and UV-varnished.
The annual report is produced by Holmen.
Graphic production: Gylling Produktion
Layout: AD Reklambyrå and Energi Reklambyrå
Photos: Rolf Andersson and others
Print: Trosa Tryckeri
Translation: Translator Scandinavia AB
Contents
CEO’s message _____________ 1
Administration report ______44
Annual General Meeting ____86
The year in brief______________ 2
Income statement __________52
Information _________________ 87
Holmen in brief ______________ 4
Business concept,
strategy and goals ___________ 6
Statement of
comprehensive income ____52
Balance sheet ______________53
Definitions and glossary _____88
Addresses
Holmen in 90 seconds
Holmen Paper ______________ 12
Changes in equity __________54
Iggesund Paperboard _______ 16
Cash flow statement ______55
Holmen Timber _____________20
Parent company ____________56
Holmen Skog _______________22
Notes ______________________58
Proposed treatment of
unappropriated earnings ____84
Audit report _________________85
Holmen Energi ______________24
Production and
raw materials _______________26
The share and shareholders 28
Corporate governance
report _____________________ 3 1
Board of directors __________36
Group management ________38
Quarterly figures ____________39
Ten-year review ____________40
Holmen in 90 seconds
Operations
Strategy
Holmen’s business concept is to develop and run profitable business
within three product-oriented business areas for printing paper, paper-
board and sawn timber as well as two raw-material-oriented business
areas for forests and energy. Europe is the key market.
The business area Holmen Paper manufactures printing paper for
daily newspapers, magazines, directories/manuals, advertising matter
and books at two Swedish mills and one Spanish mill. Iggesund
Paperboard produces paperboard for consumer packaging and
graphics printing at one Swedish and one UK mill. Holmen Timber
produces sawn timber in one Swedish sawmill. Annual production
capacity is 1 940 000 tonnes of printing paper, 530 000 tonnes of
paperboard and 340 000 cubic metres of sawn timber.
Holmen Skog manages the Group’s just over one million hectares
of forests. The annual volume of wood harvested in company forests is
some 2.5 million cubic metres. Holmen Energi is responsible for the
Group’s hydro power assets and for developing the Group’s business
U C T - ORIE
N
T
E
D
D
O
R
P
T E R I A L-ORIE
A
N
T
E
D
W- M
A
R
Printing
paper
Grow
and
develop
our five
business
areas
Forests
& wood
Electric
power &
energy
Quality, productivity
and cost focus
Key market is Europe
Profitable operations and
strong financial position
Committed in leadership
and skilled workforce
Sustainable business
activities
Share price
Paperboard
Sawn timber
Financial targets
within the energy sector. Normal yearly production amounts to about
Holmen’s profitability shall consistently exceed the market cost
1 100 GWh of electricity at wholly and partly owned hydro power sta-
of capital. The company’s financial position shall be strong with a
tions in Sweden. Holmen Skog and Holmen Energi are also responsi-
debt/equity ratio in the interval of 0.3–0.8. Decisions on dividends
ble for the Group’s wood and electricity procurement in Sweden; these
are based on an appraisal of the Group’s profitability, future invest-
are important input goods for the industrial operations.
ment plans and financial position.
2009
2008
2007
2006
2005
Profitability
SEKm
Income statement
Net sales
Operating costs
Depreciation and amortisation
Interest in associates
Items affecting comparability
Operating profit
Net financial items
Profit before tax
Tax
Profit for the year
18 071 19 334 19 159 18 592 16 319
-15 175 -16 630 -15 548 -14 954 -13 205
-1 167
-1 337
20
12
-
557
-1 346
11
-
-1 320
45
-
-1 343
50
-361
1 620
-255
1 365
-360
1 006
1 051
-311
740
-98
642
2 843
-261
2 582
-1 077
2 303
-247
2 056
-597
1 967
-233
1 734
-478
1 505
1 459
1 256
Operating profit by business area
Holmen Paper
Iggesund Paperboard
Holmen Timber
Holmen Skog
Holmen Energi
Group central
Items affecting comparability
340
419
21
605
414
-178
-
280
320
13
632
327
-159
-361
623
599
146
702
272
-56
557
754
752
80
643
197
-123
-
631
626
13
537
301
-141
-
Group
1 620
1 051
2 843
2 303
1 967
Cash flow
Operating activities
Investing activities
Cash flow after investments
Key indicators
Return, %
capital employed*
equity
Debt/equity ratio, times
The share
Earnings per share, SEK
Ordinary dividend, SEK
Closing listed price, B, SEK
P/E ratio
EV/EBIT*
* Excl. items affecting comparability
** Proposal of the Board
2 873
-818
2 054
1 660
-1 124
2 476
-1 315
2 358
-947
2 471
-3 029
536
1 161
1 411
-558
7.2
6.4
0.34
12.0
7**
183
15
13
6.1
3.9
0.48
7.6
9
193.5
25
17
10.0
9.2
0.35
17.8
12
240
13
12
10.0
9.0
0.36
17.2
12
298
17
14
9.0
8.0
0.41
14.8
11
262.5
18
15
%
15
10
5
0
SEK
375
325
275
225
175
125
05
06
07
08
09
Return on capital employed
Excl. items affecting comparability
Required return (before tax)
Share price and total return, Holmen B
05
06
07
08
09
Share price
Total return
Source: Reuters EcoWin
n Major shareholders
L E Lundbergföretagen
Kempe Foundations
Handelsbanken incl. pension fund
Silchester International Investors
Alecta
Other
% of capital
28.0
7.0
3.1
10.9
3.2
47.8
100.0
26.8
% of votes
52.0
16.9
9.1
3.2
0.9
17.9
100.0
8.0
Holmen AB (publ.) • P.O. Box 5407 • SE-114 84 STOCKOLM • SWEDEN
Total*
Tel +46 8 666 21 00 • Fax +46 8 666 21 30 • E-mail info@holmen.com • www.holmen.com
* of which non-Swedish shareholders
Corporate identity 556001-3301 • Registered office Stockholm
A
n
n
u
a
l
r
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
0
9
Annual report 2009